Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 180

Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information

Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to
information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities,
in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority,
and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest
to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of
education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the
timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.

1 +, 1 + 01 ' 5
Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan Jawaharlal Nehru
The Right to Information, The Right to Live Step Out From the Old to the New

IS 14641 (1999): Turbocompressor - Performance Test Code


[MED 22: Compressor, Blowers and Exhausters]

! $ ' +-
Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
Invent a New India Using Knowledge

! > 0 B


BharthariNtiatakam
Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen
....&_

,<. ,. d

IS 14641:1999 i
ISO 5389:1992 ~
t. ,
r. -.,z
:,
W?#v71m
4
If
1:
dlmw m@wm%Kil

I I
1:
Indian Standard

TURBOCOMPRESSOR PERFORMANCE
TEST CODE

ICS 23.140
,

0 BIS 1999

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS


MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002

Februaryl 999 Price Rs. 400.QQ


1s14541 :1999 0
1s05389:1992
NATIONAL FOREWORD

This IndianStandard which is identical with ISO 5389:1992Turbocompressom Performance test code J
issued by the international Organization for Standardization (ISO) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian ~
Standards on the recommendations of the Compressor, Blowers and Exhausters Sectional Committee
(HMD 22) and approval of the Heavy Mechanical Engineering Divisiin Council.
--l1
The text of ISO standard has been approved for pubiiition as Indiin Standard without deviations.
Cettain terminology and conventions are, however, not identicat to those used in Indan Standards. Attention
Eparticularly drawn to the following:

a) Wherever the words International Standard appear referring to this standard, thev should
be read as Indian Standard.

b) Comma (,) has been used as a decimal marker while in Indian Standards, the current
practice is to use a point (.) as the decimal marker.

In this adopted standard, reference appears to certain International Standards for which Indian
Standards also exist. Thecorresponding Indian Standards which are to be substituted in their place
are listed below along with their degree of equivalence for the editions indicated:

hternational Standard CorrespondingIndian Degree of


Stan&rd Equivalence

ISO 31-0:1981 IS 1890( Part O) :1983 Identical


iso 31-1: i978 IS 1890 (Part 1 ) :1982 do
ISO 31-2:1978 lS1890(Part 2):1982 do
1S031-3 :1978 lS1890(Part 3):1982 do
/S0 31-4:1978 lS1890(Part 4):1982 do
1s0 31-5:1979 IS 1890 (Part 5) :1983 do
ISO 31-6:1980 lS1890(Part 6):1983 do
ISO 31-7:1978 lS1890(Part 7):1983 do
ISO 31-8:1980 lS1890(Part 8):1983 do
ISO 31-9:1980 IS 1890 (Part 9) :1983 Ck)
ISO 31-10:1980 iS1890( Part 10):1983 do
ISO 31-11:1978 lS1890( Part 11 ):1982 do
ISO 31-12:1981 IS 1890 (Part 12) :1983 do
1S031-13 :1981 IS 1890 (Part 13): 1983 do
iSO 1000:1992 IS 10005:1985 dc

The concerned technical committee has also reviewed the provisions of ISO 5167-1 : 1991
Measurement of fiuid flow by means of pressure differential devices Part 1 : Orifice plates,
nozzies and Venturi tubes inserted in circular cross-section conduits running fuii referred in this
adopted standard and has decided that it is acceptable for use in conjunction with this standard.

In reporting the resuits of a test or analysis made in accordance with this standard, if the final value,
observed or calculated, is to be rounded off, it shall be done in accordance with IS 2:1960 Ruies for
rounding off numerical vaiues ( revised ).

(i)
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

r,
, ,. .-.

Introduction

The terms guarantee or guaranteed and performance used in this International


Standard are to be understood in the engineering rather than the contractual sense.
A guarantee relates to a specific aspect of the plant or its operation which ia defined in
the contract.

With the aid of the test described in this International Standard, the actual perform-
ance data cap be compared with the guaranteed values.

The contractual consequences of any deviations are not covered by this International
Standard. A setisfacto~ test result does not signify acceptance in the contractual
sense, as such acceptance may depend on other conditions stipulated in the contract.

This International Standard provides standard directions for conducting and,repotting


tests on compressors to establish their performance concerning one or m&e of the
following aspects under specified conditions and for comparing the results with the
guaranteed performance:

a) the quantity of gas or vapour delivered;

b) the pressure rise or pressure ratio produced;

c) the power required for compression or the efficiency of the compressor


Iaccording to specified definitions);

d) the stable working range surge and maximum flow limits.

To meet this purpose, this International Standard establishes rules concerning

a) the test procedure (including the rnaaeuremente to be taken, and the prep-
aration and execution of the test);

b) the instrumentation to be used to provide adequate accuracy;

c) the methods of converting the test results in order to provide values that may
be compared with the guaranteed figures;

d) the confidence limits of the converted test results according to the accuracy of
the particular measurements.

(ii)
f,
.

IS 14641:1999 . d
ISO 5389:1992

Contents
Page

1 scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

2 Normative references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

3 Definitions, formulae andreference processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

4 Symbols andsubscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

5 Equipment, methods and accuracy of measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

6 Preparation for the test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

7 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

8 Calculation andadjustmentof testrasuks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

9 Comparison with guaranteed values and tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

10 Test repon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Annexes

A Properties of gases and gas mixtures - Recommendations relating to the


compressibilityfactor and to derivative cornpreseibifityfactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

B Viscosity ofgasesand gasmixturas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

c Conversionfactorefrom non-Siunits to Slunits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

D ~milariW of flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

E Correction method for the influence of the Reynolds number on the


performance ofcentrifugal compraeeore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

F Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

G bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

(iii)
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Indian Standard

TURBOCOMPRESSOR PERFORMANCE
TEST CODE

1 Scope 2 Normative references

This International Standard covers blowers or compressors and The following standards contain provisions which, through
exhausters of the centrifugal, mixed flow, or axial flow types reference in this text, constitute provisions of this International
(inclusively covered by the term turbocomprassors), with and Standard. At the time of publication, the editions indicated
without intercooling, handling any vapour or gas the physical were valid. All standards are subject to revision, and parties to
properties of which are reliably known. agreements based on this International Standard are enr.c:-aqed
to investigate the possibilityof applying the moat recent editions
It maybe applied to any compression process, with or without of the standards indicated below. Members of IEC and ISO main
bleed-off or sidestreams, which takes place in one or more tain registersof currently valid International Standards.
casings.
ISO 31 (parts O to 13)1), Quantities, units and symbok.
This International Standard gives no rules for the measurement
of any other aspect of the compressor which may be the sub-
ject of a guarantee, such as ISO 1000: 2), S1 units and recommendations for the use of
their multiples end of certain other units.
a) mechanical performance;
ISO 5167-1 : 1891,Measurement of fluid flow by means of
b) vibrations;
pressure differential devices Part 1: Orificeplates, nozzies
c) pulsations; and Venturi tubes inserted in circular cross-section conduits
running full.
d) noise level;

e) sewice and reliabili~


f) commercial questions. 3 Definitions, formulae and reference
processes
The theory usad in this InternatmnalStandard is baaad on the
laws of similarity of fluid flow (similar velocity triangles). The
For the purposes of this International Standard, the following
observation of these laws determines s~cific requirements for
definitions apply.
the execution of acceptance testa. In all cases, where a close
approximation to these requirements is not possible, this inter-
national Standard can only be applied by mutual agreement. 3.1 Definitions relating to compressor
Compressors supplied to handle gases the physical properties performance
of which are not reliably known can only be tasted within
certain limits.
3.1.1 standard inlet point: The inlet point considered to be
For identical compressors, produced in series, the testing of an representative of the compressor. It is generally at the com-
arbnrarily chosen sample may be agreed upon. pressor inlet flange.

1) Currentlyunderrevieion.
2) To be published.(Revisionof ISO 1000: 19S1.)

1
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

3.1.2 standard discharga point: The discharge point con- 3.3 Reference process
sidered to be representative of the compressor. It is generally at
the compressor discharge flange. The determination of the internal power (3.6.5) is based on the
assumption of a reversible reference process, hence the
necessity of a definition of the corresponding efficiency, taking
3.1.3 Quantity of gas or vapour delivared account of energy losses due to the irreversibility of the actual
compression process.
3.1.3.1 usable mass rate of flow for a compressor: The
mess rate of flow delivered at the standard discharge point. The reference process is characterized by the law

p = f(v)
3.1.3.2 usabla mass rata of flow for an exhaustar: The
mese rate of flow aspirated at the standard inlet point.
which is used to determine the specific compression work:

3.1.3.3 actual inlet volume flow for a compressor: The .


!
actual volwne rate of flow compressed and delivered at the
Wm = V dp
standard discharge point, referred to the conditions of ~1
temperature, pressure and composition (for example humidity)
prevailing at the standard inlet point.
The total specific compression work is thus determined using
the equation
3.1.3.4 actual inlat volume flow for an axhauster: The
actual volume rate of flow aspirated at the standard inlet point.
C*2 ~12
wm,t=wm+. ~
NOTES
1 Unless otherwisespecified, the actual inlet voluma flow will be
By approximation with the low flow speeds (Ma < 0,2)
referredto total temperatureand total pressure.
normally prevailing in the inlet and discharge nozzles, the total
2 For gas-vapour mixtures, see A.4.2.7. pressuresand total temperatures can be used in the calculation
directly:
3.2 Basic formulae for gases
2

Gas basic formulae are given in table 1.


wm,t =
J 1
(V dp)t

Table 1 - Gas basic formulaa

Formula
No. Term
For e real gas For a perfect gas

3.2.1 Equation of state pV = ZRT pV = RT

3.2.2 I Compressibility factor I z I Z=l

Isothermal deviation y=,


3.2.3 =~(~)T=l-~(~)T
factor

Isobaric deviation
3.2.4
factor = H--)P-l=H--)P =0

~=_~ ap Y CP
3.2.5 Isentropic axponent K=y=
p-Ws=T Cv
()

NOTES

1 Tha data serving as a reference for the determination of gas properties shall be agreed between purchaser
and vendor.

2 Clause A. 1 deals with general recommendations relating to the thermodynamic data for gases and gas
mixtures.

3 Clause A.2 deals with specific recommendations for some of the more common gases.
, ~,,
-.--

Is 14641:1999 ,.ti
ISO 5389:1992

3.4 Reference processes forusewith perfecter 3.4.1.2 The specific compression work based on static con-
d near-perfect gases ditions is calculated using
>-----
n1
The following methods of computation of specific compression i
work are recommended to be applied wrn,pol =
J:vdppO=(fi) pv[6)y-1]
when agreed between purchaser and vendor, or
3.4.1.3 In its general form the polytropic compression offers,
when the deviation of gas properties from perfect gas
owing to the free choice of the exponent n, great liberty in
laws at any state point of the compression process of an
adapting it to any change of state. With n = y the com-
uncooled compressor, or at any state point of a com-
pression becomes isentropic. When n approaches unity, the
pression section included between two successive inter-
compression approaches an isothermal process. If, with
coolers of a cooled compressor, do not exceed the limits
multistage compressors, a single-stage reference compression
given in table 2 for the appropriate pressure ratio.
does not represent the actual process with sufficient accuracy,
a multistage polytropic compression may be chosen. From the
Within the limits given, the errors in specific isentropic com- above it follows that the polytropic compression is suited for
pression work and discharge specific volume will be leas than cooled and uncooled, and for single-stage and multistage,
1 % and 2 % respectively if calculations are made according to compressors.
perfect gas laws instead of real gas equations.
3.4.1.4 In the case of compressorswith interstage cooling the
it is recommended that in most cases polytropic compression polytropic compression approaches isothermal compression at
be used as the reference process. one extreme, and iaentropic compression at the other, de-
pending on whether the process takes place at a constant
Polytropic compression should always be adopted for any case temperature or the aerodynamic flow losses only are removed
in which the gas used for the acceptance test has a ratio of by the cooler. An approximation has to be made by suitable
specific heata which differs from that of the guarantee gas by choice of the exponent n and the number of stage groups ac-
more than 1 %. cording to tha arrangement and effectiveness of the cooling.

@ 3.4.1.5 For compressors without cooling (adiabatic com-


3.4.1 Polytropic compression pression) the isentropic process is often used as a reference,
but here too the polytropic process offers a better basis on
3.4.1.1 A polytropic compression process fallows the law which to assess the aerodynamic losses of a compressor.

It takes into account the increased compression work caused


pv = pl VI n = constant
by the reheat losses. This increase is particularly noticeable at
either high pressure ratios or low efficiencies.
where for perfect gases

3.4.2 Isentropic compression

~= ()
Ig :
3.4.2.1 In this reference process, compression takes place
over the whole part of the pressure range (depen-ding on

()
p2 T,
Ig whether it is a single-stage or multistage machine) at constant
pl T2 entropy, i.e. n = K.

Table 21) Limits for the pressure ratio

Pressure
Maximum ratio
ratio z)
between maximum
P2 x rnax Xrnin Y rnax Y~in
and minimum values
P1 Of K(= y)

1,4 1,12 0,279 -0,344 1,071 0,925


2 1,10 0,167 -0,175 1,034 0,964
4 1,09 0,071 -0,073 1,017 0,962
a 1,03 0,050 -0,041 1,011 0,966
16 1,07 0,033 0,031 1,006 0,991
32 1,06 0,026 -0,025 1,006 0,!393

1) Table taken from [1].


2) For pressure ratios between those shown, the limiting values shall be obtained by interpolation.

3
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.4
3.4.2.2 Isentropic compression follows the law 3.5.3 Methods of polytropic analysis (Schultz method)

k.,;,_,.-$,
PVK = p, VIK = constant
3.5.3.1 The formulae of the following method are derived
from the method developed by Schultz (see [21).

3.4.2.3 The sDecific comwession work based on static con-


ditions is expressed by the equation
3.5.3.2 The determination of exponent n for the general case
K-1
of real gases is carried out assuming that the efficiency remains
2 constant throughout the process:
P2 K _,
w m,s =
!
1
(V dp)s = ;: pl v,
PI
()1 ..2

~pol=v~=
dp 11 (v dp)wl
h2 hl
3.4.3 Isothermal compression

In this reference orocess. commission takes Dart over the


whole (single stage) or part (multistage) of the pressure range 3.5.3.3 This makes it possible to detarmine an average
at a constant temperature. As a rule the inlet temperature T1 of polytropic exponent with sufficient exactitude:
the compressor or stage group under consideration is used.
The exponent n = 1,and the specific compression work based 1
on static conditions is defined by the equation
=k~-)?dl+~M)
where

3.5 Reference proceaaes for use with real gases

I
3.5.1 General
R ZM
~pol =
When tables, equations of state or charts giving the ap- mcP~ R ZM XM
propriate thermodynamic data are available, it is recommended
that they be used to determine the specific compression work
(see 3.5.2). with average values for the gas stream:

When such tables, equations of state or charts are not available z, + Z2


z~= z
and the limits of table 2 are exceeded, it is recommended that
polytropic compression be adopted as the referance process
and the specific compression work should be computed by the x, + X2,
Schultz method of polytropic analysis (see 3.5.3 and [21). x~= z

Cpl + CP2
3.5.2 Method using tables or charts CPM=
2

If possible, the gas properties, especially for gas mixtures, are


The above averages are a simplification valid for pressure ratios
best determined from tables and equations of state since the
diagrams are in general less accurate (see clauses A. 1 to A.3). ~<4.
P1
The properties represented in diagrams and tables are today
frequently compiled in the form of computer programs which For higher pressure ratios, it is recommended that Schultzs
can readily be included as subprograms in the calculation method be followad, i.e. averages are formed with double
programs for the design of the compressor and test evaluation. weight given to the mid-point. The mid-point can be chosen at
the square root of the pressure ratio and half the temperature
Specific information about the determination of these gas rise.
properties and changes of state cannot be listed here owing to
the multiplicity of the processes and values used. The user For pressure ratios Up to 4, the difference between the results
of this International Standard is referred to the relevant of both methods is less than 0,2 % for specific polytropic com-
literature. pression work and 0,5 C for discharge temperature.

4
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

3.5.3.4 Theoretically, the exact assessment of the specific Unless otherwise agreed, the reference efficiency is baaed on
polytropic compression work assumes the previous compu- total conditions and the formula becomes
~
tation of factor g by use of the formula
(C22 C12)
hz h, Wm+ ~
<= ~t=
+ R (Z2T2 ZIT1) ht,2 ht,l

Where there is deliberate cooling within the machine (or sec-


where tion of the machine) under consideration, this formula becomes
b
h, is the enthalpy at the inlet; (C22 C,4
Wm +
h2 is the resulting enthalpy at the outlet if the process 2
?t=h
had bean isentropic. t,z ht,l Q1 -2

NOTE Where specific values of the factors X, Y and Z are not where Q1 _ z is the heat removed by the cooling within the
available values may be obtained from the genaralizad curves gimm in machine (or section of the machine).
annex D.
The above definition is complete only when the type of the
reference process adopted is indicated by the corresponding
3.5.3.5 The specific compression work based on static con-
subscript. Consequently reference efficiencies are given by the
ditions may thus be determined:
following formulae.
2 ZMRT1 ~. p2 m
wrrl,pol =
J 1
(V dp)pol = ~
[() E
1
]
3.6.1.1 The polytropic efficiency

NOTE Thm equation is not strictly correct [sss [2]) and should only m,pol
>- ) be used in cases where the compressibility factor Z is substantially ~PfJ = ~2 _ ~,
-Q1-2
,!, ~ constant throughout the compression process.

The equation for Wm,Pd given in figure D.9 can also be used. (C22 C12)
,} m,pol + 2
t
3.5.3.6 For compression ratios ~ <4 the correction factor ~ ~pd,t = ~t z
-ht,l Q1_2

may be considered as equal to 1 and can therefore be neglected


See also 3.5.3.3.
in the computation.
.

3.5.3.7 For similarity testing of compressors without 3.6.1.2 The iaentropic efficiency
intermediate cooling, a single-stage process should be
adopted, determining an avaraga polytropic exponent such as w .,s
defined above. s=h2~1
-Q1-2

3.5.3.6 For tests of compressors with intermediate cooling a


multistage referance process should be adopted with polytropic (C22 C12)
Wm,s +
exponents suitad to each section included between two suc- 2
cessive intercoolers. rls,t = hL2 ht,l QI -2

3.5.3.9 Similarity calculations according to Schultzs method


are shown schematically in figure D.7. 3.6.1.3 The isothermal efficiency

wm,J
3.6 Definition of reference efficiency, power end
?T = h2
losses -hl Q1_2

3.6.1 reference efficiency, VW,, V. or qT: Ratio of the (C22- C12)


specific compression work to the total enthalpy rise in the Wm,T + *
machine (or section of the machine) within which there is no qT,t=ht2-htl-Ql-2
deliberate cooling and when baaed on static conditions as
defined by the formula:

2 3.6.2 reference power Pfl, Ps or PT: Power absorbed by


V dp the gas during the reversible reference process excluding any
~1 Wm
losses. The reference power shall be defined with the subscript
=hzhl=hzhl corresponding to the adoptad reference process.

5
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

The formulae for the reference power are also different 3.6.5 rnternel power, Pin: Power effectively absorbed by
depending on the calculation system of the specific com- gas during the actual compression process. It is given by the
pression work. formula

Unless otherwise agreed the reference power is baaed on total


Ppolt
conditions and is given by the following formulae. Pin = _+ Qa+PL
Lpol,t

or
3.6.2.1 The polytropic reference power
P
C22 _ ~12 Pin = *+ Qa+PL
pol, t = ~m
(
m, pol + *
.)
or
ls,t

3.6.2.2 The isentropic reference power P~ ~


Pin = A+ Q=+PL
~T.t
~22 _ ~12

(
P s,t = f?m m, s + ~
) For compressors with intermediate cooling the sum of internal
powers in each section between two successive intercoolers
should be computed:

3.6.2.3 The isothermal reference power


Pin = Pinl + Pinll + ... + Pin
1

C22 C12

(
PT, t = (?m wm,T + *
)
3.6.6 mechenice} power losses, Pf: Losses due to friction
Where the local Mach number at tha standard inlet and in the bearings and sealing rings and in any transmission gear
discharge points is lees than 0,2 it is sufficiently accurate to contractually included within the compressor.
calculate the reference power directly from total conditions
using the following approximate formulae:

2 3.6.7 effective compressor power, p~: power input $Jtthe


Ppo,,~ = qm Wm,pol,t = qm
! , (V d~)t, POI coupling of the compressor or at the coupling of the trans-
mission gear depending on the contract agreement. It is given
.
by the formula
2
P s,t = qm Wm, s,t = qm , (v dp)t,s P* = Pin + Pf
~

2
pT,t = qm m,T,t = qm
I 1
(V d@t,T 3.6.8 power lose in driving machine, Ppr: Power loss in
the turbine or in any other driver of the compressor and the
intermediate driving system.

3.6.3 beet transmission losses, Q.: Loeeee due to heat


transmission from the area A CSof the compressor casing to the
ambient atmosphere, expressed by the formula 3.6.9 total power of the unit, Pun: Power given by the for-
mula

P un = Pe + Ppr
For values of Qa leas than 0,02 Per an approximate value can be
adopted for a, i.e.

a = 14 W/(rrr2. K) 3.6.10 internal efficiency, ~in: Ratio of the reference power


defined in 3.6.2 to the internal power.

3.6.4 power loss due to leakage, PL: LOSSSS due to leakage Its value depends on the type of adopted reference process.
through external labyrinths; these can generally be calculated Internal efficiency is given by the formulae
using the formula
Pp~,t
~in,pol = ~
in

6
, ,!

IS 14641:1999 d
ISO 5389:1992

3.6.14 overall efficiency of the unit, qun: Efficiency of the


unit which takea account of all energy losses of the unit,
including compressor, transmission gear and driver. It is given
by the formula

3.7 Definition of tolerance, inaccuracy and


uncertainty
3.6.11 mechanical efficiency, qf: Ratio of the internal
power to the effective power at the coupling of the %om- As used in thisInternational Standard, the terms tolerance,
preaaor, or at the coupling of the transmission gear, depending irraccuracy and- uncertainty have specific and clearly
on the contract agreement. It is given by the formula different meanings.

Pin Pin
3.7.1 tolerance: Amount by ~ich the value of a particular
~f=~=pin+pf
parameter or a quantity is permitted to deviate from a eat value
by the terms of the contractor other agreement.

3.6.12 affective efficiency, qe: Ratio of the reference 3.7.2 inaccuracy: Extent by which the measured or com-
power defined in 3.6.2 to the effective power at the coupling of puted value of a ~Wrameter or quantity deviates from the true
the compressor, or at the coupling of the transmission gear, value, resulting from the inevitable errors in measurement and
dapending on the contract agreement. It is given by the for- computation.
mula
3.7.3 uncertainty: MaAmum likely magnitude of the inac-
curacy of a particular parameter or quantity such that it can be
said with at least 95 % confidence that the measured or com-
puted value does not deviate from the true value by an amount
greater than the statd uncertainty.

Its value depends on the type of adopted reference process.


4 Symbols ad subscripts
The symbols, subscripts and definitions used in this inter-
3.6.13 primary afficiancy, VP,: Ratio of the effective power national Standard are iri accordance with ISO 31 and ISO 1000,
of the compressor to the power or energy input to the driver. It and are given in teblea 3 and 4.
.
is given by the formula
Equations used are dimensionally homogeneous.
Pe P,
~pr === To simplify use of this International Standard, conversion
un Pe + Ppr factors are given in annex C.

7
.-.-k

IS 14641:1999 d
ISO 5389:1992

Symbols

Cp

c
Area
Quantities

Sonic velocity
Outlet tip width

Molar specific heat at constant


pressure
Molar specific heat at constant
volume
Absolute velocity
Table 3 Symbols

a = J=

Cp = A4cp

Cv = Mev
Definitions and Observations
L2

LT-1

L
Dimansionsl)

ML27--2@-l

ML2T-2@-l

LT-1
nlol-1

~o[-l
L.

I
.. ...

Spacific heat at constant pressure L21--2@-l


CP
Cv Specific heat at constant volume L2T-2@-l

D Reference diameter of the rotor L


F Torque ML2 T-2

G Precision class dimensionless


h Specific enthalpy L2 T-2

ht Total specific enthalpy L2 T-2


ht= h+;
()
M Molar mass Maas which corresponds to one mole M

Ma Mach number of the flow dimensionless


Ma=~
a

Mat Approximate Mach number of gas 9ttr ZR Tt dimensionless


flow through area A Mat=G r ~

Mau Peripheral Mach number (arbitrary Refers in this International Standard to inlet dimensionless
definition) conditions
.
m Polytropic exponent in the P T Pm _ constant dimensionless
diagram T
See also 3.5.3.3

mi Mace proportion of a gas dimensionless


component

N Speed of rotation T-1

N, Ratio of reduced speeds dimensionless

r=(&l)JJ&)..
n Polytropic exponent in the p V p Vn = constant dimensionless
diagram Sea also 3.4.1

P Power ML2 T-3

Absolute static pressure Force to be exerted on the unit area moving with ML-1 T-2
P
the gas

Atmospheric pressure ML-1 T-2


Pa
Dynamic pressure See 8.1.3 ML-1 T-2
Pd
Effective (or gauge) pressure ML-1 T-2
Pe Pe=P Pa
Saturation pressure at temperature of the ML-1 T-2
Peat Saturation pressure
vapour~gas mixture
ML-1 T-2
Pt Total pressure Pt=P+Pcl
I
I I
IS 14641:1999 ,
ISO 5389:1992

.-/

1
Table 3 Symbols (continued)
. .
Symbols Quantities I Definitions end observations Dimensionslj

Pv Partial vapour pressure ML-1 T-2

Q Heat flow Chantitv of heat supplied or delivered per unit time ML2 T-3

Q.. Corrected heat losses (equivalent) ML2 T-3

Qin Internal heat losses (equivalent) ML2 T-3

Qnm Mechanical heat losses (Souivaient) I ML2 T-3

Q. Heat losses by thermal transmission ML2 T-3


+
from the surface
MT-1
9m Mass rate of flow I I
9V Volume rate of flow I L3 T-1

R Specific gas constant Rmol L2T-2@-l


R=
M
Reu Peripheral Reynolds number dimensionless
Reu = *
(arbitrary)
Vt,
1
Refers in this International Standard to total inlet
conditions
Rmol
ri
Universal gas constant
Volumetric proportion of a
I RmOl = 8314 J.kmol-l. K- ML2T-2@-l

dimensionless
--l
mol-l

I
component i
s Specific entropy
T Absolute static temperature Temperature on Kelvin scale
t Usual static temperature Temperature on Celsius scale
t~, Td Dynamic temperature

Latv Tsat Saturation temperature


tt, Tt Stagnation temperature (total) tt=t+t~
Tt=T+Td
See 8.1.4
LT-l
u Peripheral velocity
I u = nDN
Peripheral velocity at reference diameter
L3
v Volume I
Ratio of volume rate of flow ratios (qv,t,z/qv,t,l)T~ dimensionless
v, =
(q~,~,z/qv,t,l)cjU

v Specific volume I Volume par unit mass M-I L3

Specific compression work Wm=Jvdp L2 T-2

x Isobaric daviation factor See 3.2.4 dimensionless


x Variable as used
Y Isothermal deviation factor See 3.2.3 dimensionless

Y Molar proportion dimensionless

z Compressibility factor I Sea 3.2.2 dimensionless

z Number of stagea considered


I Indicates also number of stage groups separated by
intercoolera
dimensionless

MT-3 ~-l
a Heat transfer coefficient
I Rate of heat flow per unit area of surface per unit
temperature difference

Y Ratio of specific heats dimensionless


Y=q
Cv

9
.,
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table 3 Symbols (concluded)

Symbols Quantities Definitions end observations Dimensionsl~

r Work input coefficient Aht dimensionless


r=
U2
. ..
Ax Absolute difference or variation of x same as for x
.
Ax
. Relative difference or variation dimensionless
x
-.
a Blade position Position of adjustable guide vanes or blades
. ..-.. .
Cx Absolute possible deviation of x same as for x
_ .-_.
:x Relative deviation dimensionless
x

(i Coefficient i = 3, 4 orp (see clause 9) dimensionless

v Efficiency dimensionless
. .
K Isentropic exponent

=-;(%)s ~ mensones
~i~ Coefficient i = 1, 2, 3 . . . (see annex B) dimensionless
k=l,2,3 ...
Dynamc viscosity ML-1 T-1
P
v Kinematic viscosity L2T-1
v= P
Q

t Correction factor See 3.5.3.4, 3.5.3.5 and 3.5.3.6 dimensionless


Density Mass per unit volume ML-3
Q
0 Standard deviation See 5.9.4 same as for x

TX Relative measuring uncertainty or See 3.7 dimensionless


tolerance on x
@ Flow coefficient dimensionleaa
@=-
D2 U

fP Relative humidity Sea A.4.2.1 dimensionless

x Humidity content See A.4.2.I dimensionless


Y Reference process work coefficient Wm i dimensionless
Pi = - where i = pol, s or T
#z

O.J Acentric factor See A.3.I dimensionless


.,I ) ,L = ,. ., . . -.. ..a . ... .. - mol
.- #.. . . .
mngm; M = mass; I = ume; w = Iemperawre; = amount 01 auosrance.

10
#,

- IS 14641:1999
.4
ISO 5389:1992

Table 4 Subscripts

Subscripts Meaning Observations

1, II ,..., j Section 1, Section ii, . . .. Section j The Roman type figures relate to numbers of order of the compressor
sections

I
iic
I
Cooled section
I Cooied section when compressor is divided into uncooled section I and
cooied section ile

I
1 Inlet
I Relates to quantities measured at the standard iniet point. In combination
with other subscripts denotes inlet

I
2
I
Discharge
I Relates to quantities measured at the standard
nation with other subscripts denotes outlet
discharge point. In combi-

la I Atmospheric I Characterizes atmos~heric measures and tem~eratures


adj Additional
I Additional uncertainty when
clause D.2)
inner toierance limit is exceeded (see

I Cd I Condensate I
I
co Converted
I Relates to the quantities converted to specified conditions by similarity
computation
I Cr I Critical I Characterizes criticai pressures and temperatures
I Cs I Casing I Characterizes the quantities measured on the compressor casing
comb Combined When comb iS combined h suPerposition of resuits of *veral sta9es
D Rotor
Id ! Dvnamic ICharacterizes dvnamic oressures and temr)eratures
1 En I End I
I Ex I Extreme I
Characterizes the power input at the coupiing of the compressor

t-+--+= --t-----
If ! Friction
1 ICharacterizes the friction ioaaes (mechanical
1
iosses)
I fiuc Fluctuation Additional uncertainty due to fluctuations of power input
G Dry gas Characterizes the quantities of dry gas .
Gu Guaranteed Relates to the quantities specified in the contract

1----
icl, Icll, intercooier 1, ii, . . .. j Reiates to first, second, . . .. jth intercooler
. . . . iCj
i Component Relates to component i of a gas mixture

I in I Internai I
IL I Leakage I
M Arithmetic mean Characterizes the arithmetical means of iniet and outlet quantities

m Mixture

mex Maximum
I rnfi I Minimum I
I moi I Molar I
I Characterizes lubricating (and sealing) oii (mechanical losses)

I Pr I Primarv I Characterizes the driver of the compressor

ID I Isobaric ! Characterizes an isobaric (constant pressure) process

I DOI I PolvtroDic I Characterizes a poivtropic process


r Reduced Characterizes reduced pressures and temperatures
res Resuiting When x results from combination of several variables with individual errors

s isentropic Characterizes an isentropic process

11
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table 4 Subscripts (coduded)

Subscripts Meaning Obaenrations

Sat Saturation

T isothermal Characterizes an isothermal process


Te Tested Relates to the quantities measured during the test or fixad as test conditions
t Stagnation (total)
tol Tolerated
tot Relative included additional uncertainty Tadjand/Or TtluC
When TXCO~~
u Peripheral Relates to the reference rotor diameter
un
I
Unit
I Characterizes thp unit comprising the compressor, the intermediate driving
system and the prime mover I

ut I Usable I I
v Vapour
v Isochoric Characterizes a constant volume process
w Water Characterizes cooling water
x Variable

5 Equipment, methods and accuracy of 5.1.6 Measurement stations for the determination of the con-
measurements dition of flowing fluids shall wherever possible be located in
straight lengths of pipe where the flow is substantially uniform
and steady. For the main measuring stations at the inlets to and
5.1 General discharges from the compressor, the arrangement shown in
figure 1 is recommended.
5.1.1 This clause describes the instruments, equipment and
methods of measurement to be used in testing compressors in 5.2 Apparatus .,
accordance with this International Standard and describes the
measurement accuracy.
5.2.1 Instruments for determining the temperature of the .
compressed fluid at the compressor inlets and discharges.
Where no specific requirements for a particular measurement
are included, the instruments and methods of measurement to
5.2.2 Manometers or pressure gauges for determining the
be used are subject to agreement.
pressure of the compressed fluid at appropriate pointa on the
teat stand.
5.1.2 Where an International Standard is available relating to
a particular measurement or type of instrument, any measure- 5.2.3 Baromater to measure the atmospheric pressure.
ments used should be in accordance with such a standard.

5.2.4 Flow measuring device to determine the flow through


5.1.3 Wherever possible, instruments with a defined and the compressor.
guaranteed quality grade (accuracy class) should be used.
in this context an instrument can be said to be of quality 5.2.5 Instruments to measure the power consumption of the
grade G when the maximum error at any level m the rec- compressor.
ommended range does not exceed + G % of the full-scale
reading.
5.2.6 Equipment for sampling the working gas and to de-
termine its composition.
5.1.4 Instruments shall only be used in that part of their range
recommended by the manufacturer or so defined in this inter- 5.2.7 A device to measure the speed of rotation.
national Standard.

5.2.8 Arrangements to detect the occurrence of surge (when


5.1.5 While the instruments and measurement methods are applicable).
generally to be recommended for the purpose, it is not intended
to restrict the use of other equipment with the same or better 6.2.9 Devices for determining flow-rates and temperatures of
accuracy. aacondav flows to enable energy balances to be established.

12
f,
. .-

IS 14641:1999 . *d
ISO 5389:1992

5.3 Measurement of temperature 5.3.7 With liquid-in-glass thermometers, when the measured
d temperature differs from the ambient by more than 5 C, an
emergent stem correction shall be made according to the for-
5.3.1 Each temperature measuring device shall be in ac-
mula
cordance with the appropriate national standards and shall be
calibrated against an instrument certified by a recognized
authority. Recommended instruments for measuring tempera-
ture are
where
a) liquid-in-glass thermometers;
fTs is the true temperature of the gas stream;
b) thermocouples used with potentiometric-type instru-
ments; t is the actual thermometer reading;

c) resistance thermometers. tM is the average temperature of the emergent fluid


column;

5.3.2 The detecting element should be inserted directly into 1 is the length of the emergent column expressed in
the gas stream or, where this is not feasible, thermo-wells of degreea on the thermometer scale;
minimum thickness shall be used. Precautions shall be taken to
minimize measurement errors due to heat conduction in stems B is the apparent expansion coefficient of the ther-
or wells and radiation from or to parts at a temperature different mometer fluid (for mercury-in-glass thermometers
from that of the gas stream. /9 = l/6 X)O).

5.3.3 For machines assembled for test with an open inlet, the 5.3.8 When it is necessary to determine the heat extracted by
inlet temperature shall be taken as the atmospheric temperature intercoolers, lubricant or sealant flows or leakage flows, the
measured in a region of substantially zero velocity in the vicinity
accuracy of temperature and flow measurements shall permit
of the inlet flange. determination of the heat extraction with due regard to the ef-
fect of such heat flows on the overall accuracy of the test.
5.3.4 The delivery temperature (or temperatures) and inlet
temperature (or temperatures), when a piped inlet is used on
test, shall be measured by several instruments inserted into the 5.4 Measurement of pressure
pipe or duct symmetrically set in one plane. The number of
instruments and their precise location depends on the layout of 5.4.1 General
the piping and the precision required with due regard to heat
flow and radiation from the pipe surface. The fluid temperature Each pressure measuring device shall comply with the
shall be the average of the single measured values corrected to appropriate national standards.
allow for the velocity recovery effect.
Each instrument shall be calibrated with the exception of ver-
Except in the case of gases with a significant condensablephase tical U tube manometers using a liquid of known density and
the use of shielded stagnation-type probee with a very high deed-weight gauges.
recovery factor is recommended.
Connecting pipee shall be leak-free, as short as possible, and of
Where it can be shown that the velocity recovery effect is a sufficient diameter and so arranged as to avoid blockage by
insignificant, it may be neglected. In no case should it be dirt or condensed liquid.
neglected if tha dynamic head exceeds 0,5 % of the specific
compression work. The velocity recove~ factor to be used
If the saturation temperature of the fluid is higher than ambient
should be agreed on. In the absence of any more specific values
temperature, pressure instruments shall be situated below the
the following may be used:
tapping points and connecting pipes shall be kept full of con-
densate. Condensing vessels shall be installed near the tapping
a) thermometers and thermocouples in wells : 0,65
points to ensure constant level height.
b) bare thermocouples : 0,80
Stations for the measurement of the pressure of flowing fluid
c) bare thermocouples with insulation shields : 0,97 streams s@ll be located in a length of straight pipe or duct of
uniform cross-section in which the flow is essentially parallel to
NOTE For more precise information see [31and [4]. the pipa wall.

Pressure instruments shall be mounted in a position sub-


5.3.5 Each instrument should penetrate into the pipe or duct
stantially free from vibration.
for approximately one-third of the pipe diameter.

The effective length of the scale of pressure measuring


5.3,6 Thermocouples shall have a welded hot junction and instruments and the arrangement of the graduations shall
shall be calibrated together with their compensating leads over facilitate accurate readings within * 0,5 % of tha pressure
the anticipated range. measurement.
Is 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

5.4.2 Barometric pressure When the teat driver is a slip-ring type of induction motor, the
rotational speed may be obtained f rom accurate measurements
Barometric pressure shall be determined by any means with a of both the supply frequency and the slip frequency.
maximum error not exceeding 0,333 mbar l}. A barometer shall
be located in a stable place at the test site. Alternatively, the In all other cases the rotational spaad shall be measured with a
barometric pressure may be obtained from a local meteoro- mechanical or electrical tachometer permanently driven from
logical station, with a correction for any dtierenca in altitude. the shaft.

The preferred type is a digital puise counter based on a crystal


5.4.3 Static pressure
oscillator used in conjunction with a toothed wheel mounted on
Static pressure shall be measured by a number of tappings the compressor shaft.
I
(normally four) spaced around the pipe at the rneesuremant
station in one plane normal to the direction of flow. 5,7 Measurement of power

The tap-holes ahal! be normal to and flush with the pipe wall Where the performance is guaranteed in terms of the energy
and shall be free from burrs, countersinks or other irregularity input to the driver, this shall be measured in accordance with
which could disturb the flow. the appropriate International Standards or national standards.

The diameter of the tap holes shall be as small as possible con- Where it is the power input to the compressor which is
sistent with minimizing the risk of blockage. guaranteed, this shali be measured

It shall be established that the pressure measured at any one by performing an energy balance on the driver in ac-
tapping at the measurement station does not differ from the cordance with the appropriate test codes for the pwticular
mean of all pressure measurements by more than 1 % of the type of machine,
absolute pressure.
by measuring the torque using a cradled Iswinging
Having established that this requirement is satisfied, all the field) type of motor or a precision torque-meter,
teppings at one station may be connected into a common col-
lecting ring, provided that the effective cross-sectional area of or, when these methods are not possible,
this collecting ring is not lees than four times the croas-
aectional area of any one tap-hole. by establishing a total energy balance for tha com-
pressor, by measuring all the Ioaeee and adding them to the-
5.4.4 Total pressure energy input to the compressed gas.

Total pressure shall normally be cetculated from the static Torquemetera shall not be used for measurement below one-
pressure and the calculated mean flow velocity heed (see third of their rated torque, They shall be calibrated with the
8.1 .3). Where the degree of non-uniformity of flow is eignifi- measuring element at the same temperature as used during the
cent, the chamctaristic parameters (a.g. total enthaipy) should test. The calibration shall be carried out twice, once with
be obtaitwd from a mess-flow-weighted integration of the continuously increasing load and once with continuously
results of probe traverses across the measuring plane. decreasing load, and the mean of the two eats of readings shall
be used.

5.5 Measurementof flow With both torque-meters and cradled electric motors it shall be
shown that the hysteresis affect, i.e. the difference between
Fluid flow-rates shall be measured in accordance with the readings with increasing and decreasing load due to
1s0 5187-1. mechanical friction etc., does not exceed 0,5 % of the
measured torque.
When other methods of flow measurement are proposed it
shall be demonstrated that they are of equal or better accuracy.
5.8, Determination of gas composition
Particular care is neceeaary when the compraeaad fluid contains
The chemical composition of gas or gas-vapour mixtures shall
a condensibla fmction. With most types of flow-mater it is
be determined at regular intervals by recognized methods of
essential that the fluid is homogeneous. In extreme cases it may
analysis.
be neceaeew to install a suitable separating device, and to
maaaure separately the gasaous and liquid etreema leaving it.
Patiicularly when the gas contains condensablefractions, care
shall be taken to ensure that the sample analyaed is truly
5.6 MeasurementOf rotationalspeed representative of the gas being compreeaed. In some cases this
may require that the condensable and non-condttr%ible frac-
When the teat driier is a synchronous electric motor the ro- tions are sampled separately as they leave a suitable separating
tational speed may be obtained from an accurate measurement device and that the rates of flow of the two frections are also
of the supply frequency. established separately.

1) lber=l@Pa

14
f,
. .-.

IS 14641:1999 4
ISO 5389:1992

If the working fluid on test is air, its humidity shall be de- then the mean value x~ is given by
termined from wet- and dry-bulb temperatures or by other
d recognized methods such as dew-point, freezing or chemical
absorption techniques. 1
xM. Xi
n z
ixl
5.9 Accuracy of measurement
and the standard deviation is given by
5.9.1 Owing to the very nature of physical measurements, it is
impossible to measure a physical quantity without error or, in /
fact, to determine the true error of any one particular measure-
= ]/*~ (X-X.)2
ment.
v i=~
However, if the conditions of the measurement are sufficiently
well known, it is possible to estimate or calculate a charac- Hence the uncertainty can be taken as * 2 u.
teristic deviation of the measured value from the true value,
such that it can be asserted with a certain degree of confidence
that the true error is less than the said deviation. 5.9.5 In some cases the uncertainty (95 % confidence limits)
can be estimated by considering the fundamental principles of
The value of such a deviation (normally the 95 k confidence the method of measurement.
limits) constitutes a criterion of the accuracy of the particular
measurement, and in this International Standard is called the For example, in the case of a simpie liquid-column manometer,
uncertainty. provided that the density of the liquid is known precisely, the
accuracy depends on how precisely the levels can be de
For a particular measurement the value of the uncertainty termined. Without special equipment an accuracy of i 1 mm
(95 %o confidence limits) can be determined in one of the should be easily achievable with the necessary confidence.
following ways.
Hence the uncertainty, rH, is given by
5.9.2 Where the measurement has been made in accordance
with an established International Standard or national standard ~H=&L
which defines the accuracy of such a measurement, then the H
uncertainty confidence limits should be determined by
reference to that standard (e.g. for flow measurement refer to where H is the reading in millimetres.
ISO 5167-1).
NOTE Fordifferentialheedsinexcessof 1 massumeTH = + 0,1 %.
5.9.3 Where the quality grade of the instrument has been
defined and guaranteed by the manufacturer (see 5.1.3) the A further example is an electronic digital tachometer in which a
uncertainty for a particular measurement can be determined by precise crystal oscillator is used as the time base. In this case
reference to the quality grade. For example in the case of a the uncertainty, TN, can be taken as
pressure gauge, the uncertainly, 7P, is given by
s
PErl TN=*7
7P =kG
PTe
where
where

G is the quality grade; S is the digital measuring step;

& is the full-scale reading of the gauge; N is the speed of rotation displayed.

PTe is the actual test reading. S and N shall be expressed in the same units.

NOTE Where a pressuregaugehasa qualitygradeleesthan0,2 %,


usea valueof 0,2 to allowfor locationerrors.
5.9.6 Where the value of a particular quantity is derived from
the measurement of two or more separate quantities, the ac-
5.9.4 If a sufficiently large number of readings of a particular curacy of the result is dependent on the accuracy of the
variable are available, then the standard deviation of these separate measurements. For example, when the ahaft input
readings can be calculated; it is accepted to assume that the power to the compressor is determined by measuring the
uncertainty is equal to twice the standard deviation. electrical power input to the electric motor, having aeparatety
determined the motor efficiency, the uncertainty confidence
For example, if the values of a set of readings of one variable limits of the shaft input power are given by
are

X1,X2,X3, . . .. Xi. . . ..Xn rpe = * ~ rpJ + rnelz


*
15
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

where able it shall be agreed whir5h data shall be used and the
uncertainties which apply to such data.
Tpd is the uncertainty of the electrical power input;
In annexes A and B methods of calculating the physical proper- -
7nel is the uncertainty of the motor efficiency. ties of gas and gas-vapour mixtures are provided.

Tp& and Tqel shall both be expressed as a fraction of the


measured value.
6 Preparation for the test

5.9.7 In the absence of sufficient information to use any of


6.1 Items on which agreement shall be reached
the above methods, table 5 provides a guide to the accuracy
that can be expected from good quality commercially available
instruments. 6.1.1 Agreements required at the time of order

Table 5 Guiding values for uncertainty of test 6.1.1.1 Agreement shall be reached as to the location of the
,J,vsae,g,,,g,,w test, i.e. at the manufacturers works, on site, or elsewhere.

Meaauramant Uncarteinty Particularly in the case of a site test, agreement shall be


reached on the necessary safety requirements relating to the
Pressure maaaured with
test and it shall be agreed who shall have the responsibility of
- liquid column * 0,5 % ensuring compliance with these requirements.
dead-weight gauga * 0,3 %
- Bourdon tube gauge *1,0%
6.1.1.2 It shall be agreed which type of test is to be performed
Temperature t in accordance with the following categories.
- suction temperature * 0,5 Oc
discharge temperature * l,OC
Category 1
cooling water, oil, etc. * 0,5 c

Flow measured with standard pressure The compressor may be tested under the conditions of the
difference device (see ISO 5167-1) *1,594 guarantee, i.e. with the specified gas under the specified intake
conditions, with the guaranteed power input.
Speed measured with mechanical tachometer *1,5%

Power measured with In this case, the test speed shall be as close as possible to the
mechanical torque-meter +2% specified speed of the compressor.
cradled motor *1,5%
a.c. motor of known efficiency *1,5% Category 2
d.c. motor of known efficiency *1,5%
If the specified conditions cannot be reproduced, either
Power determined from an energy balance for
the compressor *l,5%to*4% because of the gas composition, or because the power
available is insufficient, the compressor should be run at such a
) A guide to the accuracy achievable with a good quality liquid- combination of speed and inlet conditions as to establish the
in-glaaa tharmometar is given in table 6.
similarity conditions specified in 7.3.

In this case, the driving unit and the lubricating and sealing
Tabla 6 Measuring uncertainty for calibrated
devices may also be different from those on the site.
liquid-in-glass thermometers
Values in degrees Celsius
Category 2 tests can themselves be subdivided into two types:
Maaauramant uncarteinty for the
Tamparatura following graduation intervals
range, O Catagov 2a}: Open-loop air tests
0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2

TT
-w<e<-5 0,6 0,8 1,7 2 7 In this case, the manufacturer shall state whether or not the
- 5<0< 60 0,3 0,4 1 1,4 2 similarity conditions specified in 7.3 can be fulfilled.
fjo<e<llo 0,5 0,6 1 2 3
110<0<210 1 2 3 4
In a case where the similarity conditions cannot be fulfilled,
210<8<310 3 4 6
the customer and the manufacturer should agree on the
310< 0<410 5 8
410<0<625 6 12
tolerances to be applied to the test result.

Category 2b): Closed-loop testa with air or another gas


5,10 Thermodynamic properties of fluids
If the performance testing is carried out using a closed loop,
Physical properties and thermodynamic data and the ap- the manufacturer is free to choose any suitable test gas and
propriate confidence limits shall be obtained from established conditions, provided that the similarity requirements of this
International Standards. When such standards are not avail- International Standard are satisfied.

16
1*

IS 14641:1999 d
ISO 5389:1992

6.1.1.3 Whether ornotthe pressure ratio orpressure rise is the way it has been specified in the guarantee. Where this is ,,

based on static or total conditions, the precise location at not possible, however, due corrections shall be applied to com-
which the guaranteed inlet and discharge pressures apply shall pensate for gland leakage either into or out of the compressor, }... ..
:,

be agreed. Unless there are good reasons otherwise, total con- condensate drained from intercoolers, bleed flows, etc. It is
ditions shall be assumed, often impossible to measure such quantities directly and in
these circumstances appropriate corrections shall be agreed /
between the manufacturer and the purchaser. Particular care in
6.1.1.4 The basis for calculating the actual inlet volume flow this matter is required when a compressor is being tested under
shall be agreed. Unless otherwise agreed, the inlet volume flow conditions far removed from those of the guarantee.
shall be calculated from the measured usable mass flow and the
inlet density determined from the total temperature and total
pressure at the standard inlet point.
6.1.2.4 When a machine is to be tested under conditions
significantly different from the guarantee conditions, the
6.1.1.5 The gas composition, charts, reference tables or other manufacturer shall propose for agreement how the mechanical
data relating to the guarantee conditions shall be agreed. losses shall be converted from test to guarantee conditions.

6.1.1.6 The criterion of acceptance of the test result, ac- 6.1.2.5 Where any intermediate form of prover transmission,
cording to 9.3.2, shall be agreed. such as a gearbox, is interposed between the driving unit and
the machine, the method by which ita power consumption shall
be taken into account shall be the subject of agreement.
6.1.1.7 In the case of a site test, a deadline for the test should
be agreed upon.
When the power consumption is guaranteed in terms of the
power supply to the driving unit, any variations in its per-
6.1.1.8 A schedule for agreements to be made on the matters formance due to the difference between test and guarantee
given in 6.1.2 should be established. conditions shall be allowed for, subject to agreement.

6.1.2 Agreements required before the test When the power consumption is guaranteed and the test has to
be carried out at reduced power, errors will be introduced into
the corrected power consumption because of those losses
6.1.2.1 In the case of a factory test, the manufacturer should which am not strictly proportional to the total power. An
supply the customer with agreed correction shall be made for these errors.

a) the indication of the gas if it is different from the gas


handled according to the contract agreement; 6.1.2.6 Where it is not feasible to test a machine under the
conditions laid down in 7.3, special conditions of test and
b) the calculations for the determination of the similarity special corrections shall be agreed between purchaser and
conditions; manufacturer.

c) a sketch of the installation and instrumentation.

6.2 Preparation of the machine


Before testing commences, the installation should be placed at
the customers disposal, in order that the customer may check
that it is in conformity with the requirements of this lntar- 6.2.1 The compressor and associated equipment shall be in a
national Standard. condition that is comparable to the condition when new with
respect to those aspects which can affect the performance.
In the case of a site test, when the site layout plan is finished,
this is submitted by the customer to the manufacturer in order
that the latter may check that all provisions have been made to 6.2.2 If pipes or ducts are fitted for the purpose of by-passing
carry out testing in conformity with the requirements of this any component, or if bleed-off is used for any service, any
International Standard and may comment on these, if required. valves in such pipes or ducts shall be set so as to produce con
ditions specif~d in the guarantee.
Before testing commences, the installation should be placed at
the manufacturers disposal for examination of the teat equip-
ment. The test programme should be agreed upon by the 6.2.3 All unused connections shall be blanked off.
customer and the manufacturer.

6.2.4 Where Iubriiating oil, cooling water and seal-fluid con-


6.1.2.2 It shall be agreed that the calibrations of each instru-
sumption is signifwant, provision shall be made for measuring
ment used in the test shall be according to the appropriate
these.
national code.

6.1.2.3 Usually the flow will be measured on either the inlet to 6.2.5 The recommended grade of oil shall be used; otherwise
or the delivery pipe from the compressor in accordance with corrections to the power and oil consumption shall be made.

17
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

6.3 Preparation of test equipment 6.3,3 Calibration of instruments

Initial calibration, where Doasible, of the instruments shall be


6.3.1 Diagrammatic layout of test arrangement available prior to the test:

Prior to the test a diagrammatic layout of the test arrangement Recalibration, where possible, after the test shall be made for
shall be established showing the agreed position of all measur- those instruments of primary importance which are liable to
ing points and containing the reference numbers and letters variation in their calibration as a result of use during the test.
used in the test report. Any change in the instrument calibrations which will create a
variation exceeding that of the class of the instrument maybe a
cause for rejecting the part of the test which it invalidates.
6.3.2 Installation of test equipment

See clause 5. 7 Tests


Inlet and discharge pressures shall be measured at agreed
7.1 Preliminary tests
points. A typical arrangement is shown in figure 1, taken
from [1]. Preliminary tests may be run for the purpose of

Where necessary, provision shall be made for determining the a) determining whether the compressor and associated
humidity, chemical composition, density or viscosity of the gas system is in a suitable condition to conduct an acceptance
at the appropriate and agreed times during the test. test;

-
r n-ml-
L
Inlet temperature
--4 measuring stations,
spaced 90

I II / spaced90 -
Inlet velocitv rxessure \
2 taps, spaced 90 I I
(used only when
velocity pressure is
greater than 5 A of
f 1
4

Discharge static pressure


total pressure)
+ 4 taps, spaced 90
..

--

Inlet static pressure _


m
i
4 taps, spaced 90 0, Discharge velocity pressure
2 taps, spaced 90

I I I

Baffle (perforatedplate
I K 4 t

Capacity by ISO 5167-1


flow equalizer)
T

Throttle valve~

Figure 1 Test arrangement

18
.

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

b) checking of instruments; Should, however, the conditions be such that changes cannot
be avoided, a distinction may be made between systematic
c) training of staff. changes (drift) and fluctuations of high frequency.

After a preliminary test has been made, this may, by agrea-


In the case of a drift an adjustment to maintain the allowable
ment, be considered to be the acceptance test, provided that all
deviations shall be made only if the operational conditions
requirements for acceptance have been met.
exceed the limits given in 7.3.

7.2 General rules for satting up the compressor During the fluctuations, the number of readings shall be
for the acceptance test increased, but the results may still be accepted provided that
the fluctuations are within the limits given in table 7.
7.2.1 During the test all measurements that have any bearing
on the performance shall be made, h the following, the deter-
7.2.7 For each guaranteed point a number of test points shall
mination of the capacity and the power consumption of the
be obtained (not lees than two) embracing the specified
compressor will be treated in detail.
point. The range covered by these test points shall be not less
than the range defined in figure 2, i.e. from the condition in
7.2.2 The measurements shall be carried out by competent which the reference process work coefficient on test is equal to
persons with measuring equipment according to clause 5. that for the guaranteed point to the condition in which the
flow coti]cient on test is equal to that for the guaranteed
7.2.3 The test conditions shall be as close as is reasonably point.
possible to the guaranteed conditions: deviations from these
shall not exceed the limits specified in 7.3. The reference process selected for this purpose depends on the
type of compressor. Generally, for uncooled machines an isen-
7.2.4 During the test, the lubricant, and the adjustment of tropic or polytropic process shoul&Be sef&cted and for cooled
lubricating pumps, lubricators or other lubricating means shall machines an isothermal process.
comply with the operating instructions.

7.2.8 For each teat point the compressor shall be run for a
7.2.5 During the test adjustments other than those required sufficient time and a sufficient number of sets of readings shall
to maintain the test conditions, and those required for normal be taken to indicate that steady conditions have bean reached,
operation as given in the instruction manual, shall not be made. to enable meaningful averages to be taken and to ensure that
the requirements of 7.4.1 have been met. Not leas than three
7.2.6 Before readings begin, the compressor shall be run long seta of readings shall be taken. If a computerized data acqui-
enough to ensure that steady state conditions are reached, so sition system & used then one representative printout of the
that no systematic changes occur in the instrument readings test results should be taken. As far as possible all readings in
during the test. one sat shall be taken simultaneously at a given signal.

. .

I
I
Specifiedpoint L

,
1 *
Flow coeffkient

Figure 2 Minimuni range to be covered by the test

19
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

7.2.9 Where theusable stable range of thecompreasor is to deviation on the performance of turbocompreasors is taken into
be proved, the capacity at which surge occurs is determined by account by appropriate correction methods which should be
slowly raising the pressure ratio at constant speed until used only in a certain range of application.
unstable or pulsating flow appears. A test point shall be set as
close to the surge as possible. The precision of the determi- The range of application of the correction formula and the
nation shall be demonstrated by repeating the setting. selection of a suitable test Reynolds number are influenced by
two factors, i.e.
For variable speed and/or variable geometric compressors,
surg? points may be determined at different speeds or settings the accuracy of the correction formula at different
to co Ier the anticipated range of operation. Reynolds numbers, and
It shali be understood that the surge point determined in a shop the reliability of tests carried out at reduced suction
test may not accurately represent the surge condition with
pressures or low driving power.
other pipe cofifigurations and other gas densities.
For centrifugal compressors, the well-oroven method of the
7,2.10 After the test the compressor plant and the measuring International Compressed Air and Allied Machine~ Committee
equipment shall be inspected. Should any faults be found that (ICAAMC) for correcting the performance for variations in
may affect the test results then a further test shall be run after Reynolds number shall be used (see annex E).
these faults have been corrected.
The limit of application of the ICAAMC formula is given in
7.3 Particular rules for setting up the compressor annex D, figure D.5, and annex E.
for the acceptance test
For axial compressors, the appropriate method of Reynolds
7.3.1 Guiding principle number corrections depends on the blade characteristics used
by the manufacturer. Therefore the method should be agreed
Before the beginning of a test run, the settings of the com- by the manufacturer and the customer, as well as the range of
pressorshall be fixed so as to achieve the best possibleapproxk its application.
mation to similarity of flow for test and specified conditions.

The conditions to be fulfilled in order to achieve similarity of


7.3.4 Determination of the settings
flow are dealt with in clause D. 1.

In practice it is often impossible to fulfiH all the above con- The formulae required for the determination of the settings are
ditions. Admissible limits for the deviation from similarity are evident from the flow charts given in clause D.5.
considered in the following subclauses.
These charts, one for perfect and near-perfect gases (see
7.3.2 Allowed deviation from specified rate of flow figure D.6), the other for real gases (see figure D.7), will be
followed according to the conditions prevailing. Each of them .
The magnitude of the permissible deviation of V, from 1 and the includes the following cases:
additional uncertainty depend upon the characteristic curve
being flat or steep. a) uncooled compressors;

A characteristic curve is steep if, at the point being considered, b) compressors with intercooling.

()
dP2_
PI t
dqv,t,l
~ 9v,t,l

P2
>1
Both have two possibilitiesfor the isentropic exponent KTe for
the test conditions, i.e.

a) same as for specified conditions, or


P1 t
(-) b) different.
If a flat characteristic curve is assumed according to a
calculated performance diagram supplied by the manufacturer, Furthermore, three alternatives are considered for the deter-
this assumption shall be confirmed by the test result. Other- mination of the isentropic eXPOnent KTe:
wise, the settings shall be corrected to satisfy the requirements
of this International Standard for a steep characteristic curve. a) constant (perfect and near-perfect gases only);

The range of values of the reduced speeds corresponding to b) known from characteristic equations as a function of
the permissible deviation of V, and any additional resulting pressure and temperature;
uncertainty can be determined in accordance with annex D.
c) calculated from conditions of state referred to the
7.3.3 Permissible variation from specified Raynolds critical pressure and temperature of the test gas, following
number Schultz.

It is necessary to check the deviation of the test Reynolds The input values for the above flow charts are to be found
number from the specified conditions. The influence of this in D.5.1.

20
f,

IS 14641:1999
-4
ISO 5389:1992

The relationships shown in the flow charts for determining the 8 Calculation and adjustment of test results
limits of the permissible setting up conditions for the com-
d preesor on testare shown in figure D.3 for KTe = KGU,and in 8.1 Computationof results
figure D.4 for KTe * KGU.

8.1.1 Purpose of evaluation


These are referred to in clause 8.
For the acceptance test only those values which are essential
The charts giving the generalized compressibility factors for the verification of the specified data are calculated and
necessary to calculate Z, X and Y as a function of reduced compiled.
pressure and temperature are to be found in clause A.3.
From the average values of the readings, determined according
to clauses 5 to 7, the results maybe computed according to the
following subclauses.
7.4 Evaluation of the readings

8.1.2 Mass rate of flow and inlet volumetric flow


7.4.1 Before final calculations are undertaken, the recorded
date shall be scrutinized for consistency of the operating con- The actual inlet capacity is obtained by converting the gas flow
ditions. The fluctuation of readings during one test shall not measured by the measuring device from the condition there to
exceed the limits given in table 7. the total condition at the standard inlet point, due consider-
ation being paid to any leakage flow and condensate flow, i.e.

Table 7 Maximum allowable fluctuation of readings qm, ut qm,utZ@Tt,~


. .
from average during one test run qv,t,l ~t,l
Pt, 1

Maximum allowabla where


fluctuation of readinga
Variable from averaga during
one test run qm,ut is the measured usable mass rate of flow;

Absolute inlet pressure +ly~


et, 1 is the density based on total conditions;
Absolute inlet temperature
(of eachsectionin the caseof a R is the gas constant (see annex A);
cooledcompressor) *1%
Pt, 1 is the total pressure;
Speed * r),5 %

Tt,, is the total temperature;


Ratio

()
P2 PI
PI t
* 2,0 %
z, is the compressibility factor.

* 2,0 %
8.1.3 Dynamic pressure (velocity pressure)
) Whare Ap is the pressure drop across a flow measuring
In most cases the static pressure p can be directly measured at
device, p is the absolute pressure at this inatrurnant.
the standard inlet and discharge points.

NOTE Durirm the test tha erascom~oaition should not vary by an If the velocity distribution across the area A is uniform, the
amount greater-than that equ~alent to a variation in either R or K of dynamic pressure, p~, can be derived from the continuity
*l%.
equation and the measured mass rate of fiow:
If these limits are exceeded, the testis invalid except by special agrae-
ment, in which case such an agreement is to include consideration of Pt_l+Pd_l _ 1
the appropriate tolerance. (Kl)Ma~
P P (Kl)&fU: [
{

K
7.4.2 All accepted sets of readings from any test run shall be 1K
consecutive. -Jl+2(K-l)Ma: +1
1}
where
7.4.3 Seta of readings showing excessive fluctuation may be
discarded but only at the beginning or the end of a test run. All qm ZR Tt
readings in any set should be taken as nearly as possible Mat=:=
Ap K
simultaneously. /
For low gas velocities an approximate simplified formula is

7.4.4 Test results shall be calculated from the arithmetic Pt


~ 1 + f Maf
average values of the accepted readings. P

21
f,
-

IS 14641:1999
a
ISo 5389:1992

This approximation may be used provided that the value of measurements of the performance of the compressor are taken
under precisely the specified conditions. if the operating con-
~ so calculated does not exceed 1,05. ditions prevailing during the tests differ from those on which
the guarantee is based, the test resultashall be converted to the b-k. .- .-J

If the velocity distribution across the area A ia significantly non- conditions specified for the guarantee. These converted results
uniform, the dynamic pressure shall be found from a mess- may then be compared with the specified figures.
flow-weighted integration over the area (sea 5.4.4).
,/
8.2.1.2 Individual results to be converted 4
8.1,4 Total temperature
The particular results with which the conversion is concerned
Normally the pressure ratio and temperature ratio are based on are
total conditions (see 6.1.1 .3).
a) the actual inlet VOIUme flow q ~,t, 1,
In most cases the total temperature maybe rnbasuredat normal
aspiration and exhalation points.
b) the pressure ratio (p2/pl)t, and

If static conditions are specified in a particular case, the static


c) the power consumption at the coupling Pe.
temperature shall be obtained from the following relation:

Tt 1 The power consumption at the coupling is made up of the in-


= ternal compression power Pin and the mechanical power lossPf
T, _ (K-1) ~a* which will be converted separately.
2 t

where
8.2.1.3 Theoretical basis of conversion

The principle of the theory of similarity of flow upon which the


following conversion rules are based, together with the per-
missible approximations to this theory are covered in annex D.
8.1.5 Reference power for compression

The reference power consumption shall be computed accord- 8.2.2 Conversion of mechanical losses
ing to 3.6.2 after the appropriate choice of the reference pro-
cess has bean decided upon. The sum of all mechanical losses may vary considerably with
the particular test and specified conditions especially with
regard to speed, power input, thrust and viscosity of the lubri-
8.1.6 Actual power consumption
cant.
The actual power consumption can be computed in three
Mechanical losses occur mainly in the bearings, lubricant
ways:
pumps, gearing belonging to the compressor, liquid seals,
a) from direct measurement of the input torque using a sliding-ring seals, and so on.
torque-meter or a dynamometer;
These losses are normally determined by measuring the rise in
b) from an energy balance for the prime mover using the temperature of the oil, etc., or from the physical dimensions
formula and teat results, using recognized formulae. The various
individual losses have to be converted aeparetely, their sum
Pin = Pn P~f Pf giving the desired figure of mechanical lossesPf with the aid of
which Pe can be calculated, as follows:
c) from an energy balance for the compressor itself using
the formulae given in 3.6.5. P. = Pin + Pf

Methods b) and c) should not be used unless the energy


Tha formula for the conversion of the mechanical losses shall
balance can be established with sufficient accuracy.
be agreed upon before the test (see 6.1 .2.4).

8.2 Conversion of test results to specified


conditions 8.2.3 Conversion of test reaulta for uncooled
compmeaors
8.2.1 General
8.2.3.1 In the case of all uncmled compressors, whethar the
8.21.1 Purpose of conversion iaentropic exponents are equal or not and whether the apeed or
inlet temperature is adjustable or not, the test results can be
The teat results can only be compared directly with the converted to the Specifti conditions using the formulae given
guaranteed values when, during the acceptance tests, the in figure D.8.

22
f,
.

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

, ~

a
8.2.3.2 Where~Te = KGu, theconver$ion iSesfollowe.

If the speed or intake temperature is adjustable, the requirement


of equal peripheral Mach numbers or that (JV/~-)Te
should be equal to (N/<~)GU

given in figure D.8.


can easily be complied
with within the inner tolerance Iimit[sea figure D.3a)l and con-
veraion may be carried out in accordance with the formulae

In this case no additional uncertainty is introduced.


The same can be applied for KTe * KGUprovided that the ratio

(N/~~l)Te / (Nld~)Gu

for any stage between two intercooler.sdoes not exceed the


Iimite (sea figureD.4). If these ratios are within the outer but
outside the inner tolerance limit, an additional uncertainty as
given in clause D.2 is introduced. Outside the outer tolerance
limit, the test is invalid except by special agreement.

If the speed is not adjustable, but the temperetura at the inlet to


@dividualstages can be varied by regulating the flow of cooling

If tha speed or intake temperature cannot be adjusted with suf-
ficient accuracy, or not at all, deviation of the ratio watar to the intercoolers, such that the ratio of these absolute
inlet temparaturksto one another and to the temperature at the
compressor inlet on tast.are the same as laid down in the
specified conditions, the formulae in figure D.1O may also be
used for conversion, provided that the ratio
up to the outer tolerance limit is permissible.

In this case an additional uncertainty is introduced (according


to instructions given in clause D.2).
is within the outer tolerances [see figures D.3a) and D.3b)l. In
ths case an additional uncertainty as given by clause D.2 is
Outside the outer tolerance limit there is no point in converting,
introduced. Outaide the outer tolerance limit, there is no poinl
unless special agreements have been reached.
in converting.

8.2.3.3 Where KTe * KG., the conversion is as follows.


8.2.4.2 In the case of cooled compressors in which the ratios
of the absolute temperature after the intercoolers to one
Regardless of whether the speed or intake temperature is
another are the same under test and specified conditions but
adjustable or not, check with the aid of graphs (see figure D.41,
the ratios of these temperatures to the compressor inlet
whether the ratio
temperature are not the same, and when KT= = KGU,the con-
version may be carried out as follows.
(NIJ~;)Te / (N/xf_l)Gu
Whether the speed is adjustable or not, and if the ratio of the
is within the inner or outer tolerance limit. In the letter case en absolute temperatures after intercoolera during the test is the
additional uncertainty will be introduced according to in- same as in the guarantee, but the ratio of these temperatures to
structions given in clause D.2. the temperature at the compressor inlet is not, the results
obtained for tha uncoolad part I and the cooled part II of the
If this ratio falls outside the outer tolerance limit, th~ test shall compressor may be converted separately to specified con-
be invalid except by special agreement. The conversion ditions according to the formulae given in figure D.3 provided
formulaa are given in figure D.8. that the ratios

8.2.3.4 If the test results are to be computed according to


Schultzs method of polytropic analysis, the conversion
are within the outer tolerance limit given in figure D.8 for part I
formulae given in figure D.9 shall be used, after checking
and for any stage of part II between intercoolere.
whether the test is valid (as outlined in 8.2.3.3).

If KTe # KGU the above ratios shall lie within the respective
8.2.4 Conversion of test results for cooled compressors_ tolerance limits given in figure D.4.

When the compressor is considered in two separate parts in


8.2.4.1 In the case of cooled compressors in which the ratios this way, the discharge conditions for the uncooled part (part 1)
of the absolute temperatures after the intercoolers to the com- should be taken as the temperature and pressure before the
pressor inlet temperature are the same under test and specified first intercooler. The inlet conditions for the cooled part (part 11)
Corrdhions, KTe = KGU, the conversion may be as foiiows. should be taken as the pressure before the first intercooler (i.e.
the discharge pressure of part I) together with the temperature
If the speed and the temperature at the inlet to individual stages after the first intercooler.
are adjustable by varying the ratio of flow of cooling water
through the intercoolersr the condition of equal Mach Where it is not possible to obtain a representative measurement
numb~rs, or (N/J~)T= = (N/~~)Gu Should of the temperature after the first intercooler, this temperature
aaaily be met at each stage; to within the inner tolerance limit may be estimated from the cooling water temperature and the
[see figure D.3a)l, so that the conversion to specified con- design terminal temperature ditYerence in the intercooler
ditions can be carried out using the formulaa in fiiure D.1O. No making due allowance for any difference in heat transfer in the
additional uncertainty is incurred. intercooler between test and apecified conditions.

23
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

The absolute temperatures after the intercoolers may be 9 Comparison with guaranteed values and
assumed to be in the same ratio to one another under test and tolerances
specified conditions if the cooling water temperatures are in the
same ratio and provided that the mass flow of gas through the
intercoolers under test and specified conditions is the same 9.1 General
within 5 %.
9.1.1 The test results, converted to the specified operating
The measured power consumption of the compressor shall be conditions in accordance with clause 8, shall be compared with
separated into part I for the uncooled section and part II for the the guaranteed or specified performance.
cooled section. In general, this separation will be possible by
providing the proper measuring devices. If this is impossible,
the division may be in relation to the stage heads according to
9.1.2 The comparison shall include
the design data.
a) comparison of the converted power consumption
8.2.4.3 In the case of cooled compressors in which neither (specific power consumption, fuel consumption or ef-
the ratios of the absolute temperatures after the intercoolers to ficiency depending on the terms of the guarantee) with the
one another nor the ratios of these temperatures to the com- guaranteed power consumption (specific power consump-
pressor inlet temperature are the same under test and specified tion, fuel consumption or efficiency);
conditions, the conversion may be made as follows.
b) comparison of the converted capacity with the
guaranteed capacity. This may be defined as either the
If the conditions of constant relationship between the gas
pressure rise (or pressure ratio, or specific compression
temperatures after the intercoolers are not fulfilled, the values
work) at the specified flow-rate or the flow-rate at the
shall be converted separately for all cooled stages and the
specified pressure rise (or pressure ratio, or specific com-
results combined.
pression work);
If the test results are computed according to Schultzs method c) comparison of the acceptable operating range with the
of polytropic analysis, the conversion formulae for a stage guaranteed range where this has been stated.
between intercoolers are given in figure D.9.

Where, in accordance with the above rules the compressor is


9.1.3 It is recommended that in most cases the comparison
considered in two or more parts, the converted results shall
should be presented graphically (see 9.3).
then be put together in order to compare them with the
specified values. An additional uncertainty as described in 9.2.9
may be introduced.
9.1.4 Unless otherwise agreed, the comparison of the
measured and corrected performance with the guaranteed per-
8.2.5 Speciel note formance shall be made

if in the intercoolers of the compressor, some of the working a) in the case of a compressor with a steep characteristic,
fluid is lost due to condensation, either on test or under by comparison at the guaranteed pressure rise (or pressure
specified conditions, this loss shall be taken into account in ratio or specific%ompression work);
working out the power consumption and the discharge flow. It
must be borne in mind that the quantity actually lost in such an b) in the case of a compressor with a flat characteristic, by
intercooler is generally smaller than the figure calculated comparison at the guaranteed actual inlet volume flow-rate.
thermodynamically (efficiency of separation less than 1). See
A.4.2.8.
NOTE For the definition of the flat or steep characteristic see 7.3.2.
Moreover, during the process of compression it is possible for
chemical combination to take place, which will change the gas
parameters, especially density and temperature. 9,1.5 In making the comparison the following shall be taken
into account:
If a compressor has intermediate inputs andlor extractions, the
corresponding incoming or outgoing volume flow and the a) measuring uncertainties (see cbuse 5);
temperatures of any incoming streams shall have the same re-
lationships to the main flow and temperatures under test as b) errors due to the inaccuracy or uncertainty in the
under specified conditions. Otherwise each section of the com- thermodynamic properties of the gases used;
pressor between intermediate inputs or extractions shall be
considered separately.
c) errore due to theinaccuracy of the methods used to
convert the test results to the guaranteed operating con-
If the compressor is run at different pressureson test and under
ditions;
specified, conditions, the change in external leakage, if any,
shall be allowed for in the effective volume flow and power
consumption. d) errors due to non-steady conditions during the test;

In the case of multiple or series-connected compressors it may e) any tolerance in the performance of the compressor
be advantageous to consider each casing separately. permitted by the terms of the guarantee. (See 5.9.)

24
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389~199z

. ,5
:
!

The errors listed above [91.5a) to d)] should be combined


together todeterminethet
4
teitest uncertainty (limits oft.onfi-
dence). This end the manufacturing tolerance [9.1 .5e)l should
be clearly and separately stated or illustrated in the presentation
of the comparison.

9.1.6 In the presantetion of the comparison, a conclusion


should be included skting whether the results of the test
indicate that the compressor does or does not meet the terms
of the guarantee.
These additional uncertainties should be added in accordance
with 9.2.9 to the value obtained from combining the measuring
error, thermodynamic date error and conversion errors.

9.2.5 Total uncarteinty in flow-rate

The total uncertainty in the volumetric flow-rate is obtained


from

::.:4

~ree,qv = * @j~ + 7~,Te + ~1 ,Te + ;l,Te + ~1 ,Te


9.2 Total test uncertainty (95 % confidence limit)

where rqm,Te is the uncertainty in the mesa flow-rate according


9.2.1 Meesunng uncertainties
to ISO 5167-1.

The confidence limits a%cwiated with the various measure-


ments are determined using one of the methods described
in 5.9.
8.2.6 Totsi uncertainty in pressura ratio

9.2.2 Thermodynamic date uncetiainties The total uncertainty in the pressure ratio is

The confidence limits associated with the thermodynamic


properties of the gases used should be obtained from the same r reS#P21Pl=* {N,2 (4T:,T,+ $l,Te
[In(pzlpl)l+e +
source as the values used, or otherwise agreed Xparately.

+ ?:,Te +
~t,Tel + ~l,Te + &Te } 7
9.2.3 Conversion uncertainties
where
Where the pattern of flow on test cannot be made the same as
the pattern of flow under the guaranteed conditions at all
p61nts throughout the compressor, then the methods of con- N2
verting the test results defined in clause 8 are only approxi- () RZ1 Tt,1 T~
N,2 =
mate. If the deviations from true similarity of flow are signifi- N2
cant, then additional errors are introduced by the conversion.
The magnitude of any such additional errors can be determined RZ1 Tt,1 @
()
from the charts given in annex D.

9.2.4 Errore due to non-steady test conditions


9.2.7 Totel uncertainty in power consumption, specifk
power consumption, specific fual consumption or
If the operating conditions during a test run are not steady,
efficiency
then additional errors may occur. The maximum fluctuations in
test conditions which are normally allowable are specified
The total uncertainty in power consumption (or fuel con-
in 7.4.1.
sumption) is obtained by calculating the square root of the sum
of the squares of the appropriate individual uncertainties each
In some cases, however, if the testis conducted on site it may
multiplied by an appropriate factor.
not be possible to maintain steady conditions within these
limits. In such cases, by mutual agreement the test may be
considered valid but an additional error is introduced, the likely The relevant individual uncertainties and the appropriate
maximum value of which (confidence limit) can ba obtained factors by which each should be multiplied for each type of
frorntable 8. compressor and each type of test are given in table 9.

Similarly the individual uncertainties and their. a~wropriate


Table 8 Uncertainties dua to the instability
multiplying factors to determine the total uncertainty mspecific
of test conditions
power consumption, specific fuel consumption or @ficiency
Valuesin per cent
are given in table 10.
Fiuctustion in powef input Uncertainty
ebout the meen velue (confidence limit)
2 0 EXAMPLE
3 0,5
4 1,0 In the case of a cooled compressor in accordance with,.8.2.4.2
5 1,5 in,which tha power consumption was obtained by maasuring

25
-#,

IS 14641:1999 d

ISO 5389:1992

,-
the shaft torque and spaad, the totai uncertainty in power The factor (1 + 0,2 &Z 1) is included in each of the above
consumption is given by formulae to allow for the unavoidable inaccuracies involved in
measuring each stage or stage group aeparatety and combining ,*... .,
the results.

r=e={(+rpfer+( l+~~fier+ 9.2.9 Additional uncertainties


{
+ [2 (p In (P2/Pl)t,l, co N,Te ]2 + Where additional uncertainties due to the conversion from the
test conditions to the guaranteed conditions (sss 9.2.3) or to
non-steady test conditions (sss 9.2.4) are appropriate, theaa
2
+
([ 1 1
In (~2/~l)t 7PI Te +
1)
should be addad to the total uncertainty statistically:

Ttot = i ~Trw2 + ?:di+ ?;uc

+ [4PInbdm)t,l,co
TTl,Te]2 +
9.3 Graphical comparison

+ [CpIn @2/PIA,l,cO?Zl,Te ]+ 9.3.1 Normal case

Normally (sss 7.2.7) at Iaaat two test points will be obtained

((p7T1cEe+
[,n(p:,pl)tTpt21:e+ close to and bridging the guarantee point or each of several
guarantee pointa. The comparison is made as follows.

A chart is constructed in which the parameter to b compared


(specifii compression work, pressure ratio, pressure rise,
+((przl,,,c)~e+ (~TTt,l,j)~~2 power consumption, specific power consumption, efficiency,
etc. ) is plotted as the ordinate against flow-rate as the abscissa
where (see figure 3). Each test point is plottad on this chart and
around each point is constructed an ellipse, the axea of which
z is the number of stage groups separated by intercoolers; indicate the magnitude of the uncertainties in the relevant
parameters. Upper and lower curves are drawn tangential to
j is the number of the stage group. theaa ellipses. It can be statad, with at least 95 % confidence,
that the true performance of the compressor lies within this test
band.
9.2.8 Total uncertainties in the performance of a
multistage compressor obtained by combining the
The comparison is made by plotting the guaranteed operating .
point or points on the graph.
results of separate tests on the individual stages or stege
groups
9.3.2 Cnlerion of acceptance
In this caaa the overall uncertainties can be computed as
follows. The criterion of acceptance of the test result shall be subject to
specific agreement between manufacturer and customer taking
account of the teat uncertainty and the agreed manufacturing
9.2.8.1 Volumetric flow tolerance.

Where no such agreement has been reached the following


o,2@) ~ rq,j criterion shall apply.
comb, qv = +(1 +
j=l
The guarantee shall be deemed to have been aati~ied if the
guarantee point lies within the test band or if the extent by
which it lies outaide the test band (measured either horizontally
9.2.8.2 Pressure ratio or vertically depending on how the guarantee was stated) does
not exceed the agreed manufacturing tolerance.
z
w
7comb,plpl = (1 + 0,2 ~) ~ rpJpl,j *
j=l 9.3.3 Special cases

Where it is not possible to satisfy the requirement of 7.2.7, a


single teat point may be compared with a guaranteed per-
9.2.8.3 Power consumption formance curve (sea figure 4). In this case, the guaranteed
curve is drawn on the chart together with the agreed manu-
facturing tolerance giving a guaranteed band. The single test
result is plotted together with the ellipse indicating the
magnitude of the teat uncertainty.

26
.
--Q-

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Inthiscaae, unleae otherwise agreed, theguarantee shall be driving unit: generally the same items as for the com-
considered to have been met provided that some part of the pressor, but in particular those which are essential for
test ellipse touches or cuts the guaranteed band. establishing the specfled petiormance;

c) conditions and scope of the guarantees according to


9.4 Non-graphical
comparison
the contract;
In the exceptional case that only one test point is possible and
this has to be compared with one guaranteed point, the d) programme of the procedure and diagram of the test
measured power requirement which has been converted to arrangement indicating location of measuring poinfe, type
guarantee conditions Pe,co is further reduced to guarantee of instruments used and their calibration records;
values using the formula
e) a record of the test run together with a table of the
average values of the important readings and the time they
6V,t,l,Gu m, Gu .P co
Pe, CO,GU = e, were taken; if possible, a record of the maximum and
9v,t,l, c0 Wm, co minimum readings; copies of the log sheets and of any
readouts from an automatic recorder, as well as duplicates
assuming a constant efficiency, and is compared with the of the gas analysis, etc.;
guaranteed power requirement P., @ The applicability of this
method is limited by the admissibility of the constant efficiency f) an indication of any unscheduled occurrences which
assumption. were noted during the test;

g) the formulae used for the calculation of the results,


10 Test report with due regard to the propagation of the mean uncer-
tainties as they influence the final results;
After completion of the acceptance test, a test report shall be
drawn up recording ail the necesaew information as to the pro-
h) a statement of the method used for converting the :wt
cedure and results of the test. It shall contain the following
results to specified conditions with reference to the tables
items:
and charts used (8.2); a clear definition of the reference pro-
a) date and place of the test and the names of the super- cess chosen;
visor and other participants;
i) a comparison of the actual performance with the
b) technical data as follows guaranteed values or date; a statement of whether the con-
tract values have been met or not.
compressor: owner, site end purpose of installation,
manufacturer, type and serial number, year of manu- The test report shall be signed by represant6fives of the
facture, a short technical description giving operational manufacturer and customer. The original log sheate shall
date, auxiliaries and their drive, and any other special remain in the custody of the engineer in charge of the ac-
features (intercooling and lubricating system, utc. ), ceptance test.

27
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Tabla 9 Individual uncertainties and appropriate multiplying factors 1)to ba used to calculata
tha total uncertainty in power or fuel consumption)

Uncooled compressor Coolsd compressor Cooled compressor


Individual (see8.2.3) (sea8.2.4.1) (see8.2.4.2)
uncartsinty Method of power messursmsntsJ Method of power meaaurementsJ Method of power measurements}
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 1 1
~P,, re 0 o 0 0 0 0
1 + JI<4 1 + ~1[~ 1 + ~1(~

Pin co Pin,c~ Pin,co
- 0 0 0 0 0 0
~fin,TO
Pe, co Pe, co e, Co
Pf, co 1 1 Pf co 1 1 Pf co 1 1
- - .
h,Te Pe, co l+c~ l+lg~ Pe, co l+cg l+CQ Ps, co l+cg l+CQ

rqv,
Te o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0- 0

1 1 1
rF, Te 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 + ~1(~ 1 + ~ic~ 1 + JIIJ

P2 P2
?N, T~ 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 + 2~Pin(~ ,,cO
) 2Q(; ) ,,CC

pf, Te 1
In (P2/~I)Te

Tl, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 ~Pfl (: ) ,,co

ZI, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 On (: ) ,,co

P2, Te 1
TR,Te h (Pz/Pl)Te

rK, Te $4-3 [3 [3 o 0 0 0 0 0

7Tl,ll, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 {p (p (p

7Zl,ll, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 [p Cp (p

z1 z1 z1 z2 Z2 z2
r T1,j, Te o 0 o
z z z z1 z1 zl

1) Correction factors are given by the formulae


1 1 In (P2/Pl)Te
_
43 = (~-l)Te KTe [1 KTe)/KTe
1 (P2/Pl)Te

e, Te
(4=
pin Te
Pf, co -- Pf,T~
Pin,co

Pin II co
[p= a
Pin, co

2) z = number of atage groupe separated by intermediate coolers.


3) Methods of power maaeurament:
Mathod 1: by measuring the intarnal power Pin and the mechanical losses Pf.
Method 2: by measurement at the drive unit.
Method 3: by measuring the torque F and the spaedN.
~.,

IS 14641:1999 - ;
ISO 5389:1992

------ .. . . . .
rable m individual uncertainties and appropriate multiplying factors l) to be used to calculata tha total uncarteinty
in spacific power consumption, specific fuel consumption or efficiency) ~.+

Uncooled compressor Cooled compressor Cooled compressor


(see 8.2.3) (SW 8.2.4.1) (Sef38.2.4.2)
Individual
uncertainty Method pf power meaeurementa) Method of power measurementa~ Method of power measurement) 1
1 12 3 1 2 3 1 21 3

1 1 1
7PwTe 0 0 0 0 0 o
1 + ~/(4 1 + ~/c4 1 + ~J~4

Pin co Pi co -Pin co
fin,Te o 0 o 0 o 0
Pe, co e, Co e, Co
1 1 Pf co 1 1 Pf co 1 1
- Pf co . - -
Pr, Te
e, Co l+lg~ 1+(4 Pe, co l+lgj 1+[4 e, Co 1+{4 1+(4
1 1 1
o 0 0 0 0 0
1 + ~1(~ 1 + ~1(4 1 + JICJ

qv, Te 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

P2
0 0 1 0 0 1 *{Pln ~
2*~n (; ) ,,CO ()P1 I,c(

1
Tp,, Te l
In(~2/pl)Te

7Tl, Te P2
1 + @ (~ ) ,,co
rR, Te 111 1 1 1

ZI, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 1 + CPln Q
()P1 1,co

1
P2, Te .
[n (p2/pl)Te

TX,Te <3 C3 (3 o 0 0 0 0 0

7Tl,ll, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 Cp Cp [p

Zl,ll, Te o 0 0 0 0 0 ip (p [p

z1 z1 z-1 z2 z2 z2
Tl, j, Te o 0 o
z z z zl z1 z1

1) Correction factors are given by the formulae

1 h (@pI)Te
(3=
k 1)Te Te (1 - KTe)lKTe
1 (p2/j@Te

Pe, Te
(4=
pin Te
% co - pf,Te
in,Co

_ Pi, Il,co
Cp
Pin,co

2) z = number of stega groups separated by intermediate coolers.

3) Methods of power measurement:


Method 1: by meaeuring the internal power Pin and the mechanical Ioeaea pf.
Method 2: by measurement at the drive unit.
Method 3: by rnaaeuring the torque F and the speed IV.
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Guaranteed point
r

Ellipses representing ~
the teat uncertainties

Flow-rate

Figure 3 Comparison of a singla guarantaad point with a test curve

r Guaranteed curve

Agreed manufacturing
tolerance

Single test point J


UX -

Test uncertainties /

Flow-rate

Figure 4 Comparison of a single test point with a guaranteed curva


30
IS 14641:1999 .
ISO 5389:1992

Annex A
(normative)
P

Properties of gases and gas mixtures Recommendations relating to the


compressibility factor and to derivative compressibility factors

A.1 General recommendations which includes the acentric factor, as the simpler method
specified in [8] is subject to particular inaccuracy in this area.

A.1.1 The following generel recommendations relating to


thermodynamic data for gases and gas mixtures shall be used A.1.5 In the case of gas mixtures, except in the case of
in connection with this International Standard. mixtures containing polar gases and particularly

These recommendations should not be considered to be . water vapourr


exclusive, but to represent the most up-to-date information.
More data are becoming available continually and in any . ammonia,
specific case the user of this International Standard should
refer to the latest published information. hydrogen sulfide, and

halogenated hydrocarbon refrigerant mixed with other


A.1.2 Where suitable coefficients are available to be used in
gases of a very different molecular structure,
conjunction with an established equation of state (e.g.
B. W. R. S., see [51)for the particular gas or gas mixture in ques-
tion, then these shall be used. simple linear mixing rules may be used to determine the
pseudo-critical conditions of the mixture, i.e.

A.1.3 In the case of gas mixtures where suitable coefficients


for use with an equation of state are available for the separate R, = Zqpcr
components of the mixture but not for the actual mixture in
question, then the coefficients for the mixture can be obtained
from the coefficients for the components by using the mixing and
rules appropriate to the equation of state being used. Suitable
mixing rules are presented in [61.
~cr = ~ ri Tcr

A.1.4 When suitable coefficients are available neither for the


particular gas or gas mixture in question nor, in the case of a CO = E/j O.)i
mixture, for the component gases, then the gas properties may
be obtained by using generalized compressibility functions
based on the concept of reduced temperature and reduced provided that the following conditions are satisfied:
pressure.

It is recommended that the method employing the concept of Cr mex < ~


the acentric factor (see [7]) be used rather than the simpler Cr min
two-parameters charts given in [8].

Tables and charts, from which the compressibility factors Z(o) and either
and Z 1) for use with the method can be obtained, are
presented in [911). The isothermal derivative factors Z}o) and
Z}l) and the isobaric derivative factors Z;) and Z:) can be ob- Rr mex or (Vcrkf)mx
tained from the method given in [101, chapter 26. PCr min (vl#)fin

Where the conditions of the gas in question are close to the is close to unW, where Tcr msx, Tcr rein,Pcr max,~Cr rein, vcr mex
critical conditions (i.e. within the shadad area shown in the ancf Vcr ~in are respectively the maximum. and minimum values
charts for Z(o) published in [9]), it is essential to use the method of the critical properties of the components of the mixtures.

1) Other tables based on the method of calculation of Lee and Kesler have bean published in [6]. The deviation-function table of Lee snd Kester
(see [61) dtiera somewhat from those of Pitzer (see [7]) and Curl (sss [61), but it seams according to R.C. Reid and T.K. Sherwood [61 that extensive
tasting indicates that this new table is the more accurate.

31
..-!

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

A.2 Specific recommendations for the Specifically for ethylene and propylene, more accurate data are
sources of thermodynamic data and suitable available in [51, [271 [281 and [291.
equations of state and the coefficients to be
Where it is desired to use an equation of state, the equations
used therewith for some of the more given by Benedict, Webb and Rubin [30] and by Redlich and
common gases Kwong [31] or the slightly leas accurate but simpler Beattie
Bridgeman [321 equation (sea [241 and [101) may be used pro-
vided that the compression process under consideration does
Theaa recommendations should not be considered to be
not extend into the mixed-phase region.
exclusive nor necessarily to be the best data available. They are
mainly based on the results of a survey among compressor
Where saturated or mixed-phase conditions are involved, the
manufacturers and usera.
use of one of the extended B,W. R.S . equations is rec-
ommended (see [5]). However, a great many experiments are
More data are becoming available continually and the user of rwuir~ to determine the values of the many constants used in .
this International Standard is recommended to refer to the theaa equations.
latest published literature.
The values derived from the selected equation should be com-
pared with the data recommended above over the field of
interest.
A.2. I Air

The data currently in use are those given in [111 and [121. A.2.5 Carbon dioxide

These are believed to be adequate for most compressor pur- See [331.
poses. However, later and probably more accurate data, par-
ticularly at extreme temperatures and pressures, are available
A.2.6 Helium
(see [131, [141 and [151).
see [341.

A.2.2 Refrigerants (halogenated hydrocarbons)


A.3 Compressibility factors of hydrocarbon
Data are available in [161, [171 [181, [191, [201 and [211. gases and isentropic coefficient

A.3.1 Compressibility factor of pure


A.2.3 Ammonia hydrocarbon gases

The data in use are those published in [161. However, these The following equation can be used to predict the corn-
data are based on experiments made 50 years ago and pub- praseibilityfactor, Z, of pure hydrocarbon gases:
lished then (see [22]); they are inaccurate at high pressures,
z = z(o) + ~ z(l)
close to saturation conditions, and near the critical point.

where
More data are available in [121.
Z(o) is the compressibility factor for the simple fluid, which
A new equation of state taking account of recent work, is tabulated as a function of ~ and pr in table A. 1;
particularly that by Frank and Baehr, has been developed by
L. Haar and is published in [231 to replace [221. Z(l) is the correction term for molecular acentricity, which
is tabulated as a function of ~ and p, in table A.2;

(see also [61, tables 3.1 and 3.2)


A.2.4 Pure hydrocarbons
co is the acentric factor, which is defined as
The data in use are those published by Edmister [241 and
Starling [51. cl.) = (log~, =t +1)

at
For saturated hydrocarbons the Edmister data, or other data
baaed on [251, are considered to be satisfactory for moat com- Tti
T = 0,7
pressor purposes. However, new data are currently being pro- at Tcr
duced by the National Bureau of Standards (see [261).

Ig
or, more conveniently,
For unsaturated hydrocarbons the situation is more confused

[1
and many data in common use are known to be inaccurate by 3 pcr
-1
reference to more recent experiments. u = ~ (Tcr/T=t) - 1

32
-

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992 ... *

x
where the values of Z?! Z?! Z!) and Z!) are given in figures
%, is the critical pressure in atmospheres (1 atm = A.1 and A.2. (See also [101.)

760 mmHg = 1,013 bar);

1
EL,:
The correlation between the Edmister derivative compressibility J
:,
Tcr is the critical temperature, in kelvins; factors and the Schultz coefficients X and Y is given by the
formulae
TWt is the boiling temperature, in kelvins;
.zT
X= y-1

k Zp
Y=
r t R, z

A.3.2 Derivative compressibility factors


[seafigures A.1 and A.2) A.3.3 Isentropic exponent

The derivative compressibility factors, ZT and ZP, are 9iven by The ieantropic exponent K of a real gas differs from the value
the equations cP/cv which it assumes for an ideal gas. The calculation of
the specific haat capacity and of the isentropic exponent for a
real gas shall take into account the effect of pressure.

The definition of the iaantropic exponent for a reel gas is given


in tebie 3.

33
.
.9 A

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table A.1 Velues ofcompressibility factor ZIO)



z (o)
...
q
p, = 0,010 pr = 0,050 p, = 0,100 p, = 0,200 pr = 0,400 p, = Oreoo pr = O,w
i
0,30 0,0029 0,0145 0,0280 0,0579 0,1158 0,1737 0,2315
o,~~ 0,0Q26 0,0130 0,0261 0,0522 0,1043 0,1564 0,2064
0,44) 0,0024 0,0119 0,0239 0,0477 0,0853 0,1429 0,1804
o,~~ 0,0022 0,0110 0,0221 0,0442 0,0662 0,1322 0,1762
0,50 0,0021 0,0103 0,0207 0,0413 0,0625 0,1236 0,1647

0,55 0,9604 0,0088 0,0195 0,0380 0,0778 0,1166 0,1553


0,63 0,9649 0,0093 0,0186 0,0371 0,0741 0,1109 0,1476
0,65 o,8&3 1 0,8377 0,0178 0,0356 0,0710 0,1063 0,1415
0,70 0,8804 0,9504 0,6858 0,0344 0,0667 0,1027 0,1366
0,75 0,9822 0,8598 0,9165 0,0336 0,0670 0,1001 0,1330

0,60 0,8835 0,9669 0,9319 0,6539 0,0661 0,0985 0,1307


0,85 0,9946 0,9725 0,8436 0,6810 O,(M6 1 0,0963 0,1301
0,90 0,8854 0,9768 0,9528 0,8015 0,7800 0,1006 0,1321
0,83 0,8859 0,9790 0,8573 0,9115 0,8059 0,6835 0,1359
0,85 0,9861 0,8603 0,8800 0,9174 0,6206 0,6967 0,1410

0,97 0,8863 0,8615 0,8825 0,92227 0,8338 0,7240 0,5560


0,96 0,8865 0,8621 0,9637 0,9253 0,6398 0,7360 0,5667
0,98 0,8866 0,9626 0,9648 0,9277 0,6455 0,7471 0,6138
1,00 0,8967 0,8632 : 0,8659 0,9300 0,6509 0,7574 0,6353
1,01 0,8868 0,8637 0,8669 0,9322 0,6561 0,7671 0,6542

1,02 0,8869 0,9842 0,%7 9 0,9343 0,6610 0,7761 0,6710


1,05 0,8871 0,9655 0,9707 0,8401 0,8743 0,8002 0,7130
1,10 0,8875 0,8874 0,9747 0,8465 0,8930 0,8323 0,7649
1,15 0,8878 0,8681 0,9780 0,8654 0,8061 0,6578 0,6032
1,20 0,9861 0,8804 0,8608 0,8611 0,9205 0,8779 0,8330

1,30 0,8865 0,8826 0,8852 0,9702 0,8386 0,9063 0,6764


1,40 0,8868 0,8842 0,8864 0,9768 0,9534 0,9288 0,8062
1,50 0,8991 0,8854 0,8809 0,8818 0,8636 0,8458 0,9278
1,60 0,8883 0,8864 0,8828 0,W66 0,9714 0,9575 0,8439
1,70 0,8984 0,9871 0,8843 , 0,8866 0,9775 0,8667 0,8563

1,m 0,8885 0,8877 0,8855 0,8810 0,8623 0,9739 0,8859


1,90 0,8886 0,8862 0,8864 0,8829 0,8661 0,9796 0,9735
2,00 0,8887 0,8866 0,8872 0,9844 0,8682 0,8642 0,9786
2,20 0,8888 0,8882 0,8863 0,8867 0,8837 0,8810 0,W66
2,40 0,8889 0,8886 0,8881 0,8863 0,8969 0,8857 0,8848

2,60 1,0000 0,8888 0,8887 0,8884 0,8881 0,8880 0,8880


2,60 1,0000 1,0000 1,0001 1,0002 1,0007 1,0013 1,CU121
3,00 I,oooo 1,0002 1,0004 1,0008 1,0018 1,0030 1,0043
3,50 1,0001 1,0004 1,0008 1,0017 1,0035 1,0065 1,0075
4,00 1,0001 1,0005 1,0010 1,0021 1,0043 1,0066 1,0080

34
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table A.1 Values of compressibility factor Z(Oj(conc/uded)

~ (o)
q
p, = 1,000 J+ = 1,200 /Jr = l,WO pr = 2,000 p, = 3,000 p, = 5,000 p, = 7,000 p, = 10,OW

0,30 0,2882 0,3470 0,4335 0,5775 0,6648 1,4366 2,0048 2,8507


0,35 0,2604 0,3123 0,3801 0,5195 0,7775 1,2802 1,7887 2,5539
0,40 0,2379 0,2853 0,3563 0,4744 0,7085 1,1758 1,6373 2,3211
0,45 0,2200 0,2638 0,3284 0,4384 0,6551 1,0641 1,5077 2,1338
0,50 0,2056 0,2465 0,3077 0,4092 0,6110 1,0084 1,4017 1,9801

0,55 0,1939 0,2323 0,2689 0,3653 0,5747 0,%75 I 1,3137 i ;,;::


0,60 0,1642 0,2207 0,2753 0,3657 0,5446 0,6859 1,2398
0,65 0,1765 0,2113 0,2634 0,3495 0,5197 0,8526 1,1773 1,6519
0,70 0,1703 0,2038 0,2538 0,3364 0,4991 0,8161 1,1241 1,5729
0,75 0,1656 0,1981 0,2464 0,3260 0,4823 0,7854 ~ 1,0787 ; 1,5047

0,80 0,1626 0,1842 0,2411 0,3182 0,4690 0,7588 1,0400 1,4456


0,65 0,1614 0,1924 0,2362 0,3132 0,4581 0,7368 1,0071 1,3843
0,80 0,1630 0,1935 0,2363 0,3114 0,4527 0,7220 I 0,9793 1,3496
0,83 0,1664 0,1863 0,2405 0,3122 0,4507 0,7138 0,8648 1,3257
0,85 0,1705 0,1888 0,2432 0,3138 0,4!3) 1 0,7082 0,8561 1,3108

0,97 0,1779 0,2055 0,2474 0,3164 0,4504 0,7052 0,8480 1,2988


0,86 0,1844 0,2087 0,2533 0,3182 0,4508 0,7035 0,8442 1,2801
0,88 0,1959 0,2154 0,2638 0,3204 0,4514 0,7018 ~ o,94136 1,2835
1,00 0,2801 0,2237 0,2563 0,3229 0,4522 0,7004 0,9372 1,2772
1,01 0,4648 0,2370 0,2640 0,3260 0,4533 0,6881 0,9339 1,2710

1,02 0,5146 0,2629 0,2715 I 0,3297 0,4547 :698: I 0,9307 1,2650


1,05 0,6026 0,4437 0,3131 0,3452 0,4604 0,9222 1,2481
1,10 0,6880 0,5984 ,0,4560 0,3853 0,4770 0:6850 0,9110 1,2232
1,15 0,7443 0,6603 0,5798 0,4760 0,5042 0,6887 0,9033 1,2021
1,20 0,7858 0,7363 0,6605 0,5605 0,5425 0,7069 0,8890 1,1644

1,30 0,6438 0,8111 0,7524 0,6808 0,6344 0,7358 0,8888 1,1560 .


1,40 0,8827 0,6585 0,8256 0,7753 0,7202 0,7761 0,9112 1,1419
1,50 0,9103 0,6833 0,6689 0,6328 0,7667 0,6200 0;9287 1,1339
1,60 0,9308 0,9180 0,8000 0,8738 0,8410 0,6617 0,8518 1,1320
1,70 0,8463 0,8367 0,9234 0,8043 0,8609 0,6864 0,9745 1,1343

1,60 0,9663 0,9511 0,8413 0,9275 0,9118 0,9287 0,8861 1,1381


1,80 0,8678 0,8624 0,8552 0,8456 0,9359 0,9557 1,0157 1,1452
2,00 0,9754 0,9715 0,8M 4 0,8589 0,9550 0,9772 1,0328 1,1516
2,20 0,8365 0,8647 0,8626 0,8806 0,8827 1,0084 1,0600 1,1635
2,40 0,8841 0,8836 0,8835 0,8845 1,0011 1,0313 1,0793 1,1728

2,60 0,8883 0,8888 1,0010 1,0040 1,0137 1,0463 1,0826 1,1792


2,80 1,0031 1,0042 1,0063 1,0106 1,0223 1,0565 1,1016 1,1830
3,00 1,0057 1,0074 1,0101 1,0153 1,0284 1,0635 1,1075 1,1848
3,50 1,0Q87 1,0120 1,0156 1,0221 1,0368 1,0723 1,1138 1,1834
4,00 1,0115 1,0140 1,0179 1,0249 1,0401 1,0747 1,1136 1,1773

35
.s

IS 14641:1999
ISO 9389:1992

Tabla A.2 Valuas of correction term Z(l)

z()
q
p, = 0,010 pr = 0,050 p, = 0,100 p, = O,m /Jr = 0,400 p, = 0,600 p, = 0,800

0,30 O,ooo 8 0,004 o -0,0081 -0,0161 -0,0323 -0,0484 - 0,C645


0,35 0,000 9 -0,0046 0,008 3 -0,0185 -0,0370 -0,0554 -0,0738
0,40 -0,0010 -0,0048 -0,0085 0,019 o 0,038 o 0,0570 -0,0758
0,45 0,0009 -0,0047 -0,0084 0,0187 0,0374 -0,0560 , -0,0745
0,50 O,ooo 9 -0,0045 0,008 o 0,0181 -0,0380 -0,0639 -0,0716

0,55 0,0314 -0,0043 -0,0086 -0,0172 -0,0343 I 0,051 3 0,0682


0,60 0,0205 -0,0041 -0,0082 -0,0164 -0,0326 0,048 7 0,064 6
0,65 0,013 7 -o,on 2 -0,0078 -0,0156 -0,0309 -0,0461 -0,0811
0,70 0,0083 -0,0507 -0,1161 -0,0148 0,0284 0,0438 -0,0579
0,75 - O,m 4 -0,0339 -0,0744 -0,0143 -0,0282 -0,0417 0,055 o

0,80 -0,0044 -0,0228 0,0487 -0,1160 0,0272 -0,0401 -0,0526


0,85 -0,0029 0,0152 -0,0319 -0,0715 -0,0288 0,0381 -0,0509
0,80 -0,0019 0,0089 -0,0205 -0,0442 0,111 8 -0,0386 -0,0503
0,83 -0,0015 0,0075 -0,0154 -0,0326 0,0763 -0,1562 -0,0514
0,95 0,0012 -0,0082 1 -0,0126 -0,0262 0,0589 -0,1110 -0,0540

0,97 -0,0010 0,005 o , -0,010 ? -0,0208 0,0450 -o,on o -0,1847


0,88 0,0009 0,004 4 i -0,0080 -0,0184 -0,0380 -0,0841 0,1100
0,88 -0,0008 -0,0039 0,0079 -0,0161 -0,0335 -0,0531 0,078 6
1,00 0,0007 -0,0034 -0,0089 0,014 o -0,0285 -0,0435 -0,0588
1,01 -0,0006 -0,0030 -0,0080 -0,0120 -0,0240 -0,0351 -0:0429

1,02 O,ooo 5 -0,0026 -0,0051 -0,0102 0,0198 -0,0277 -0,0303


1,05 -0,0003 -0,0015 -0,0029 -0,0054 -0,0082 -0,0087 0,003 2
1,10 -0,0000 0,0000 0,0001 0,0007 0,0038 0,0106 0,0236
1,15 0,0002 ~ 0,0011 0,0023 0,0052 0,0127 0,0237 0,0386
1,20 0,0004 O,ml 9 0,0039 0,0084 0,0190 0,0326 0,0489

1,30 0,0006 0,0030 0,0081 0,0125 0,0287 0,0429 0,0812


1,40 0,0007 0,0036 0,0072 0,0147 0,0306 0,0477 0,M6 1
1,60 0,0008 0,0039 0,0078 0,0158 0,0323 0,0487 0,0877
1,60 0,0008 0,0040 0,0080 0,0162 0,0330 0,0501 0,0677
1,70 0,0008 0,0040 0,0081 0,0163 0,0329 0,0487 0,0887

1,80 0,0008 0,0040 0,0081 0,0162 0,0325 0,0488 0,0862


1,80 0,0008 0,0040 0,0079 0,0159 0,0318 0,0477 0,0835
2,00 0,0008 0,003 @ 0,0078 0,0155 0,0310 0,0484 0,0617
2,20 0,0007 0,0037 0,0074 0,0147 0,0283 0,0437 0,0579
2,40 0,0007 0,0035 0,0070 0,0139 0,0276 0,0411 0,0544

2,84) 0,0007 0,0033 0,0086 0,0131 0,0280 0,0387 0,0512


2,80 0,0006 0,0031 0,0062 0,0124 0,0245 o,a385 0,0483
3,00 0,0006 0,0029 0,0059 0,0117 0,0232 0,0345 0,0456
3,50 0,0005 0,0Q26 0,0052 0,0103 0,0204 0,0303 0,0401
4,00 o,oCO5 0,0023 0,0046 0,0081 0,0182 0,0270 0,0367
f
...,

IS 14641:1999 ,d
ISO 5389:1992

Table A.2 Valuas of correction term Z(l) (cone/uded)



d z(l)

pr = 1,000 pr= 1,200 p, = 1,500 p, = Z,wm p, = 3,000 p, = 5,000 pr = 7,000 pr = 10,OOO


0,30 -0,0606 0,096 6 -0,1207 -0,1608 -0,2407 -0,3886 -0,5572 -0,7915


0,35 -0,0821 -0,1105 -0,1379 0,163 4 0,273 8 -0,4523 -0,6279 -0,6653
0,40 -0,0846 -0,1134 0,141 4 -0,1679 0,2789 -0,4603 -0,5355 -0,6836
0,45 -0,0829 -0,1113 -0,1367 -0,1640 0,273 4 -0,4475 -0,6162 -0,8606
0,50 -0,0683 -0,1069 -0,1330 -0,1762 -0,2511 -0,4253 -0,5631 -0,M)89

0,55 -0,0649 -0,1015 -0,1263 -0,1569 -0,2465 -0,3881 0,544 6 -0,7521


0,60 -0,0603 0,0850 0,1192 -0,1572 -0,2312 -0,3718 -0,5047 0,5828
0,65 -0,0759 -0,0806 -0,1122 -0,1476 0,216 O 0,344 7 -0,4653 -0,6346
0,70 0,0718 0,066 5 0,1057 0,1365 -0,2013 -0,3184 -0,4270 -0,5785
0,75 -0,0661 -0,0608 -0,0886 -0,1288 -0,1672 0,2829 -0,3801 -0,5250

0,60 -0,0648 0,0767 0,0840 0,121 7 -0,1736 -0,2682 -0,3545 -0,4740


0,65 -0,0622 0,0731 -0,0868 -0,1138 0,1602 -0,2439 -0,3201 0,4254
0,80 -0,0504 -0,0701 -0,0640 -0,1059 0,1463 -0,2195 -0,2862 0,3788
0,93 -0,0602 -0,0667 0,061 o -0,1007 -0,1374 -0,2045 -0,2651 -0,3516
0,95 -0,0607 0,0678 -0,0788 -0,0867 -0,1310 0,184 3 -0,2526 -0,3339

0,97 -0,0623 -0,0669 -0,0759 -0,0821 0,1240 -0,1637 -0,2381 0,316 3


0,88 0,054 1 -0,0661 -0,0740 -0,0883 -0,1202 0,1763 -0,2322 -0,3075
0,99 -0,0580 0,064 6 -0,0715 -0,0661 0,1162 -0,1728 -0,2254 0,2889
1,00 -0,0679 -0,0609 -0,0678 -0,0624 -0,1118 0,167 2 -OZ185 -0,29) 2
1,01 -0,0223 -0,0473 -0,0521 0,077 8 0,107 2 -0,1615 -0,2116 -0,2616

4,02 -0,0062 0,0227 -0,0524 -0,0722 0,102 1 0,1556 0,2047 0,2731


1,05 0,0220 0,1059 0,0451 -0,0432 - 0,~ 8 0,1370 -0,1635 0,2476
1,10 0,0476 O,m 7 0,1630 O, 8 -0,0373 -0,1021 0,145 9 0,2056
1,15 0,0525 0,0843 0,1548 0,1r 7 0,0332 -0,0611 -0,1064 0,1642
1,20 0,0719 0,0881 0,1477 0,1880 0,1085 -0,0141 -0,0578 -0,1231

1,30 O,CW 9 0,1048 0,1420 o,18pil 0,2079 0,0875 0,0176 -0,0423


1,40 0,0857 0,1053 0,1363 0,1684 0,2387 0,1737 0,1008 OSX350 ..
1,50 0,0664 0,1055 0,1345 O,lMI 6 0,2433 0,2309 0,1717 tt,1058
1,60 O,(M65 0,1035 0;1303 0,1729 0,2361 0,2631 0,2255 0,1573
1,70 0,0638 0,1008 0,1259 0,1658 0,2305 0,2768 0,2528 0,2179

i ,60 0,0616 0,0978 0,1216 0,1583 0,2224 0,2646 0,2671 0,2576


1,80 0,0782 0,0847 0,1173 0,1532 0,2144 0,2648 0,3017 0,2676
2,00 0,0767 0,0816 0,1133 0,1476 0,2069 0,2819 0,3087 0,3096
2,20 0,0719 0,0657 0,1057 0,1374 0,1832 0,2720 0,3135 0,3355
2,40 0,0675 0,0603 0,0869 Q,1285 0,1812 0,2502 0,3089 0,3459

2,60 0,0634 0,0754 0,0829 0,1207 0,1706 0,2464 0,3009 0,3475


2,60 0,0588 0,0711 0,0676 0,1138 0,1613 0,2372 0,2815 0,3443
3,00 0,0555 0,0672 0,0828 0,1076 0,1529 0,2268 0,2817 0,3365
3,50 0,0487 0,0581 0,0728 0,0849 0,1356 0,2042 0,2564 0,3194
4,00 0,0443 0,0527 0,0551 0,0649 .0,1219 0,1657 0,2378 0,2884

37
IS 14641:1999
iSO 5389:1992

Figure Ala) Values of Z+o)as a function of p,

38
IS 14641:1999
IS() 5389:1992

z;)

.
4;0 3/0 2;0 1;S 1,6 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,95 (39 0/65 0.,6

Figure A.1 b] Values of Z#] as a function of Tr

39
.*

IS 14641:1999
,*
ISO 5389:1992

z;)

-0;1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,s 0,6 0,70,8 QSI;0 2 34 56789 [0-

P,
Figure A.2a) Valuas of Z~O~as a function of p,
. ._.
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992
.
~
I,.
b
%
m
I
41
f,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.1
i

A.4 Properties of gas mixtures and A.4.1.8 The mean molar specific heat of the mixture is deter-
gas-vapour mixtures, considered as perfect mined as follows:
gases
Cp~ = Zri Cpi *- -.

A.4.1 Gas mixtures

A.4.I.1 The ratio of the components is given by the formula


A.4.1.9 The mean specific heat of the mixture is determined
*i. +$_=_ qm,i as follows:
qm
Cp = Zt?lj
Cpi
Emi = 1
CV=CD R

A.4.1.2 The molar proportion is given by the formula

A.4.1 .10 The mean isentropic exponent is determined as


follows :

Em, Cpi , 1
A.4.I.3 The volume ratio of the components is given by the .
formula M = ZVlj Cvj /{ - ~mj[Kj/(Ki = }

A.4.2 Gas-vapour mixtures

NOTE For mixtures of perfect gases 6 represens tha mo~r Pro- A.4.2.I The vepour content is defined by one of the following
portion. quantities.

A.4.1.4 The partial pressuresPi of the components are 9iven


by the formula A.4.2.I.1 The relative humidity, q, which is the ratio between
the partial vapour pressure and the saturation pressure at the
temperature of. the mixture is given by the formula

A.4.1.5 The mean molecular mass of the mixture is deter- Pv <,


mined as follows:
=Psa

For rp >1 there is a formation of condensate.

A.4.1.6 The mean gas constant of the mixture is determined A14.2.1.2 The humidity content, x, which is the vapour mass
as follows: related to the mess of dry gas is given by the formula

Rmd R= Pv R= ~ P Psst
RM== x= qV-vG _
x=
qv w Rv PPV Rv PPPsst
M z;.
I

In the particular case of humid air


A.4.1.7 The following relationships exist:

x = 0,6221 9=t
P- PPsst

mi
A.4.2.1.3 The mess ratio of vapour, mv, is given by the for-
mula

~= qVvG _ x
mv =
pi = rjp qvv qvvv + qvvG 1+X

42
f
..,

IS 14641:1999 . ,d

ISO 5389:1992

A.4.2.1.4 The volume ratio of vapour, rv. is given by the A.4.2.7.I It is defined as the flow, q v, of a gaa-vapour
formula mixture actualiy handled by the compressor and resuithg
directly from the flow-rate measurement.

~v = qm w & Rv Pv PP3at
=mv = .=
qm R RPp A.&2.7.2 It is defined as a flow-rate of dry~as qv&

A.4.2.2 The mean molecular mass of the mixture, kfM, is


A.4.2.7.3 These two flow-rates are linked together by the
determined as follows:
following relation:

MM = Mvrv+A4G(l-rv) = MG+v=t (Mv MG)


P

A.4.2.3 The mean gas constant, RM


... of the mixture is deter-
mined as follows: - A.4.2.8 The condensate flow-rate separated in an intercooler
can be calculated as follows.

R~= mvRv+(lmv)RG

For the particular case of humid air


=RG 1+4
[(
1+x

Rv
RG
)]
1 If between stage I and stage Ii of a compressor the gas is cooled
such that the relative humidity at the outlet of the intercooler
becomes greater than 1, a mass flow-rate qmc~ can be
extracted at this point of the circuit.

In this case it is assumed that after the extraction of the con-


densate the gas-vapour mixture is still saturated, i.e. that
9=1.
A.4.2.4 Tha mean molar specific heat is determined es
The condensate flow-rate is determined as follows:
indicated in A.4.1 .8.

qmcd = f?mv,l qmV,ll = qmG (Xl ~sat,ll)


A.4.2.5 The mean isentroDic exDonent is determined as
indicated in A.4.1 .10.
where

A.4.2.6 The viscosity of a gas-vapour mixture is determined


qmG is the mSSS flow-rate of dry 9as;
in the same manner as for a gas mixture by using the methods
indicated in annex B.
Xl is the humidity content at the inlet of the intercooler,
determined according to A.4.2.1 .2;
A.4.2.7 The volume flow-rate of a gas-vapour mixture can be
defined in two different ways, according to the contract XW,II is the humidity content of the saturated mixture at
specifications, as given in A.4.2.7.1 and A.4.2.7.2. the outlet conditions of the intercooler.

43
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Annex B
(normative)
i
Viscosity of gases and gas mixtures

If none can be found, it is adviaad for non-polar substances to


B.1 Dynamic viscosity
calculate the corresponding values by application of the
equations in [391:
S.1.1 Dynamic viscosity at atmospheric pressure
or ata pressure close to atmospheric pressure ~(-) PCr
Tc,
3= 2,3551 0,067 co

B.1.l.l Pure substances

Information is contained in [351, [361 and [371. &


=0,7915+0,1693(.0
kTcr
If the dynamic viscosity of a pure substance is to be aaaeaeedat
atmospheric pressure or at a pressure close to atmospheric where
praasure, three methods can be used as follows: k is the Boltzmann constant (k = 1,3605 x 107 J/K);
a) the theory of Chapman Enskog; e is the depth of potential energy minimum;

b) the law of corresponding states; u is the collision diameter, mangstroms;


o is the acentric factor.
c) the method of VD1-Warmestlas.
In the case of polar gases, the calculation made and published
B.1.1.1.1 The theory of Chapman Enskog in [40] can be used.
kTcr
As a general rule the equation giving the value of dynamic In the case of substances for which u and T* = ~ are not
viscosity, p, expreaaad in paacal seconds, is as follows: given, it is recommended that the following equations be used
(see [411):

where
P=26693x10-3*T
~zQv u

&
=
() 1,585 v~
1+1,36*
1/3

. 1,18 (1 + 1,3d2) Tb
k
A4 is the molar maae, in grams;
1,84x lo31f:
C5=
T is the temperature, in kelvins; VbTb

u is the collision diameter, in angstrome; where subscript b indicates conditions at boiling point, with flp
expressed in debyaa 1) and ~ in cubic centimetres per mole
f2v is the reduced integral of collision. gram.

In the equation above, a and S2vare dependent on the potential B.1.1.1.2 Method of the corresponding stataa
of interaction of the two molecules present.
In the case of non-polar substances, the following relationships
The expressions for potential as given by Lennard Jones for have bean established (ace [431):
non-polar substances and by Stockrnayer for polar substances
are adopted for the aaeeeament of quantities a and C2v.
wherc-
Theea quantities may also have been determined experimen-
116M-112 per-213
tally. < = h

and
Numerical values for these quantities may be found, for
instance, in [61 or [381. PCr is expressed in atmospheres*).

1) 1 dabye = 10-1* (dyn . cm4)12


. 10-= (10 N . m4)12
. 3,162 x 10-= (N . m4)12
2) 1 stm = 101326 Pa

44
f,

-
IS 14641:1999 ..ssi
ISO 6389:1992

The moat accurate method is the appliition of the thao~ of Wti regard to the method of the corresponding states, either
Chapman Enskog using the reduced integral of colliiion as the charts given in [471, or the dmgreme given in [481 or in [491,
4 defined previously. or the followfng equation taken from [501, may be used: ..-.1.

In the case of polar substances with or without hydrogen bond- P APrv5


ing, the utmost caution is necessary. =1+(1-o,45q)
Po Bp, + (1+ C&)-l
i

B.1.1.I.3 Method of VD1-W~rmeades

See [371. . 666(@ PC,


9
%

B.1.1.2 Mixtures
A=? exp a2 T, *3
For mixtures with n components, the kinetic theory of gases r
gives the following equation, neglecting second-order effects:

c=+ exp Y2 Tr Y3
;=l /1 j=l r

where

~i are the viscosities of pure gases;

Um is the viscosity of the mixture;

yi and yj are mole fractions; al = 1,9624 x 10-3

a2 = 5,2663
@ij = [l + @i/Uj)v2 (Jki/Mj) -v412
2&[l + (kf/Mj)l2 a3 = 0,5767

)% = 1,6552

/9*= 1,2760
NOTE Among the vsrious methods for assassing @u and @j/, that
Y1 = 0,1319,
given in [44] is currently preferred, even in the case of polar com-
pounds. However, -the error which is usually lass then 2 % may
become very significant if ~ is markedly greeterthanMj and#i much )* = 3,7035
greeterthsnfl}
Y3 = 78,6578
When hydrogenor heliumare presentin a proportionexceeding35 %
by volume, the more accurate, though more complex, method of
Raichenbergas givenin [45] may be considered. 6, = 2,8486

The diegrenM given in figures B.1 and B.2 may be used in 62 = 2,9190
determining the viscosity of gas mixtures; these diagrams are
based on the Bromley and Wilke method. 83 = 16,6169

In the formulae above, Up is expmaaad in dabyea, ~r in


6.1.2 Dynamic viscosity at high pressure atmoapherea and Tcr in kahrii, whiih leads to an error of leas
than 10 %.

B.1.2.1 Pure substencea


The reduced vkoaity as recommended in [511 may also be
used, which leads to # g = 7,7.
A dwgram in which the effect of pressure is shown has been
established in [461.
The result may be obtained rapidly but is unfortunately approxi-
For any reduced pressure or temperature it can be determined mate.
whether the gas is dilute or dense (sea f~ure B.3). The
boundary is such that the required correction is no greater Among the moat recent data those published in [371 and [52]
than 1 %. may be mentioned.

45
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

1
60 41 Ill 1 I
?()
40 M;.......i
30
I 111
20 4-4 1 1 1 i 1 1 t !

1
0,8
AL
U,o ,
!
--
o,4- Y
0,3r , [! i
0,0050,01 oj)2 0,05 0;1 0;2(j30,4
0;60,8
i 2
PIi
/Mk
Figure B.1 Diagram for the determination of the viscosity of gas mixtures

,-
6
{, -
4
3 II Ill 1 I

1
0,8 , I 1 1 1 I I 1 1
I 1 /
~hot6 . 1 1 i 1 /
0,4
0,3
0,2

\
0,1 1 I 1I 1 I
1
1 I 1 I
I
11
1 i 11
0,08 I I 1111
I 1
0,06 I I 1 I

0,04
I
0,03 I I 1 1 r I I

0,6 1 2346810 20 3040 6080100 200


Mi/Mk
Figure B.2 Diagram for the determination of tha viscosity of gas mixtti~s
46
f,

IS 14641:1999
d
ISO 5389:1992

Dense gas ~

Dilute gas

I I

0 23456789
Reduced temperature

Figure 6.3 Diagram showing the effect of pressure


(see [461)

47
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

B.1.2.2 Mixtures

Although its accuracy is questionable, the Dean and Stiel


Zcrm =
z Yi Zcri

method is the most frequently recommended:

Ofm-P%) gm = 1,08 [exp(l,439 Q,J - exp(l,lll Pmlm)l


v~rm =
& Yi Crj

where
Zcrm R Term
Pcrm =
Am is the viscosityof the mixture at high pressure, in micr~ Crm
poises);
from which Qcrmand ~m may be calculated.
E% is the viscosity of the mixture at low pressure, in
micropoiseslJ; In the case of non-polar mixtures with low molar masses, the
accuracy may be within 5 %.
@m is the pseudo-reduced density of the mixture
In the case of non-polar mixtures with high molar masses or of
Qrm = @m/Qcrm polar mixtures, the Dean and Stiel method may stiil be used but
with iesser accuracy.
where
Another general method is described in [37].
@m is the density of the mixture, in gram moles par
cubic centimetre;
B.2 Kinematic viscosity
@crm is the pseudo-criticaldensity of the mixture, in gram
The kinematic viscosity of a pure substance or of a mixture is
moles per cubic centimatre (ecrm = Pcm/Zc~m R T&J;
determined using the formula

the calculation of the mixture pseudo-critical parameter being


made according to the amended rules of Prausnitz and Gunn, where
i.e.
p is the dynamic viscosity;

Term = Yj Tcri P
z Q=
i ZRT

1) 1 pP = 107Pa. s

48
f
,
...

IS 14641:1999
.. ,4?
ISO 5389:1992
,


Annex C
(normative)
: -J

Conversion factors from non-Sl units to S1 units

Measurement S1 unit
Measurement Term and symbol for non-Sl unit Multiplication factor
No. symbol

C.1 length inch, in () mm 25,4 (exact;


foot, ft m 0,3048 (exact]
yard, yd m 0,9144 (exact)
C.2 speed foot par minute, ft/min mls 0,00508 (exact)
C.3 area square inch, inz cd 6,4516 (exact)
square foot, ftz d 0,092803 w (exact)
square yard, ydz rn2 0,838127
C.4 volume cubic inch, ina ml 16,387084 (exact)
cubic foot, fts drn3 28,3168
cubic yard, yda m3 0,784555
gallon, gal (UK) drd 4,548 (E3
gallon, gal (US) dti 3,78541
C.5 density cubic foot per pound, ft3/ lb msl kg 0,082428
C.6 flow cubic foot per minute, fts/ min 1/s 0,47185
C.7 mass grain, gr m9 64,79891 (exact;
ounce, 02 9 28,3485
pound, lb kg 0,45358237 (exact)
slug kg 14,5839
hundredweight, cwt (UK) kg 50,8023
ton (UK) kg 1016,05
ton (US) kg 807,185

C.8 density pound per cubic foot, lb/fta kglrrr3 16,0185
C.9 force kilogram-force, kgf N 9,80885 (exact)
pound-force, Ibf N 4,44822


sthbne, st N 103 (exact) .
C.lo pressure bar Pa lW (exact)
kilogram-force per square metre, kgf/@ Pa 9,80885 (exact)
Torr (mmHg O C) Pa 1,33322 x 102
pibze, pz Pa 103 (exact)
pound-force per square inch, lbf/in2 Pa 6,88476 X 103
technical atmosphere, at ( = kgf/cr@ Pa 0,980865 x lW (exact)
physical atmosphere, atm Pa 1,01325 x 10s
C.11 work kilowatt-hour, kW. h J 3,6 X 10s (exac~
kilogram-force metre, kgf. m J 9,80885 (exact)
foot pound-force, ft oIbf J 1,35582
C.12 quantity 15 C calories, calls J 4,1855 (exact)
of heat I.T. calorie, callT J 4,1888 (exact)
British thermal unit, Btu J 1,05508 x 103
metric horsepower hour, ch. h MJ 2,647 8)
horsepower hour, hp. h MJ 2,88452
thermie, th MJ 4,1855
C.13 internal energy British thermal unit per pwnd, Btu/lb kJ /kg 2,32601 (exact)
density
C.14 internal energy metric horsepower minute per cubic
volume metre,ch. rein/ rn3 J/l 44,1289

horsepower per hundred cubic feet per


minute, hp/100 cfm J/l 15,&30 5
C.15 power kilogram-force matre per second, kgf. m/s w 9,W885 (exact)
metfic horsepower, ch kW 0,735488
horsepower, hp kW 0,745700
foot poundal per second, ft. pall/s w 0,0421401
I I I I
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Measurement
No.
Measurement
I, Tarm and symbol for non-Sl unit
S1 unit
symbol I Multiplication factor

C.16 heat flow I.T. kilocalorie per hour, kcallT/h w 1,163 (exact)
British tharmal unit par hour, Btu/h w 0,293072

C.17 dynamic I poise, P Pas 0,1 (axact)
viscosity I Pound-force second per square foot, lbf.s/ftZ Pas 47,BB0 3

10-4

..
C.I8


c. 19
kinematic
viscosity
heat transfer
I stokes, St
square foot per second, ftZ/s
I.T. kilocalorie per hour metre kelvin,
Nr21s
dls 0,0929030
(exact)

kcallT/(h. m.K) W/(m. K) 1,163 (exact)


British thermal unit per hour square foot I
degree Fahrenheit, Btu/(h. ft2F) W/(m. K) 0,14422s
British thermal unit per hour foot degree I
Fahrenheit, Btu/(hft. F) W/(m. K) 1,73073
C.20 heat transfer
coefficient I I.T. kilocalorie per hour square metre kelvin,
kcal,T/(h. W. K) W/(m2K)
I

I
1,163 (exact)

I British thermal unit per hour square foot degree


Fahrenheit. Btu/(h. ft2.F) Wllm2. K\ I 1 R7R %

C.21 Temperature If tin degrees Celsius, fF in degrees Fahrenheit, Tin kelvins and
T~ in Rankine degrees refer to one and the same physical state,
The Celsius temperature t of a system is given by the expres- then the numerical values t,tF,T and T~ are related by the
sion following formulae:

t= TTo t= 5/9 (~F 32)

where
t = T 273,15
T k the absolute thermodynamic temperature, in kelvins;
t = 5/9 TR 273,15
To = 273,15 K;

(in accordance with the International Temperature Scale of


1868). C.22 Multiples of S1 units
.
To allow words and symbols of multir)lesand submultiple of S1
The Fahrenheit temperature tF of a system is given by the
units to be formed, the following SI prefixes are usad.
expression

tF=TR To
Prefix Symbol Factor
tara T 1012
where
gigs G 109
TR is the thermodynamic temperature, in Rankine mw M 106
kilo k 103
degrees;
hecto h 102

To = 459,67 R data da 10
daci d 10-1
centi c 10-2
NOTES
mini m 10-3
1 R should not be mistakan for an abbreviation for the abandonad micro 10-6
v
degree R6aumur. nano n 10-8
pico P 10-12
2 1R=519K
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Annex D
(normative)

Similarity of flow
(Similar velocity trianglea)

D.1 General D.1.1.2 Equal isentropic exponents

The following theory strictly applies only to uncooled com- The change of state of the medium handled can only be kept
pressors or to sections of cooled compressors between inter- the same at all points within the compressor under test and
coolers. However, it may be applied to cooled compressors, specified conditions when the isentropic exponents are equal.
provided that the conditions for similarity of flow are satisfied
simultaneously in all sections of the compressor.
D.1.1.3 Equal anthalpy rise and flow coefficients and
The conversion of test results from the test conditions to the equal Mach numbers
specified conditions, assuming constant polytropic efficiency,
is generally only possible when similarity of flow is assured for
the conversion of a test point to specified conditions, i.e. when Strict similarity of flow at each point within the compressor can
the following main requirements are fulfilled: only be achieved when the enthalpy rise and flow coefficients
and the peripheral Mach numbers are equal, i.e. when

a) geometrical similarity;

b) equal isentropic exponents;

c) equal enthalpy rise coefficients and flow coefficients;

d) equal Mach numbers; ~ . 91


1%
e) equal Reynolds numbers.

The above similarity requirements refer only to flow in the com- Mau =
pressor, and not to any intercoolers which may possibly be fit- &
ted nor to the mechanical losses. Furthermore the heat transfer
from the compressed medium to the casing of uncooled com- are the same under both test and specified conditions.
pressors, the conduction of heat by the casing and the redi-
ation of heat by the casing to the surrounding atmosphere are
not considered. However, it is quite sufficient for two of these three parameters
to be equal under both test and specified conditions. In that
For proof of compliance with the guarantee, these factors shall case the third is bound to be equal too. From the measuring
be dealt with separately, unless their effect can be shown to be point of view, the simplest and most accurate parameters to
smell enough to be neglected. maintain are the enthalpy rise coefficient, by adjusting the
discharge pressure of the compressor, and the peripheral Mach
number, by adjusting the speed or the intake temperature.
D,.1.1 Essential conditions
Fulfillment of these conditions then ensures that the Mach
number and the ratios of density, velocity and temperature at
D.1.l.l Geometrical similarity
any point, as related to a reference point, are the same under
specified and test conditions.
In moat cases the machine for which the guarantee is given is
the same as the one tested, so that the condition of geometrical
similarity is automatically fulfilled. However, H the tests are If the process of compression is interrupted by one or more
carried out with a model compressor, striit attention shall be intercoolers, the equality of the above dimensionless coef-
paid to the geometrical similarity, including the relative ficients shall be fulfilled for each of the groups of stages
roughness of swept surfaces. If the compressor contains situated between successive coolers. This can be done by
adjustable means of influencing the flow (for example, variable adjusting the speed and by controlling the intercoolers to pro-
stetor or rotor blades), conversion can only be carried out when duce equal temperature ratios on the gas side, under test and
the position of these devices is unchanged. under specified conditions.

51
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

D.1.1.4 Equal Reynolds numbers In this case the ratio

in order that the relative thickness of the boundary layer and


the flow pattern influenced by it remain the same, the Reynolds
number and relative roughness shall be the same under
specified and test conditions. is equal to the ratio of the peripheral Mach numbers.

D.1.2 Permissible approximations to the theory of


similarity D.1 .2.5 When fire * KGU, the requirement of equkl ratio of
volume rate of flows can only be fulfilled approximately,
D.1 .2.1 In most cases all the conditions specified in D. 1.1 because the maximum dtierence in volume flows may occur
cannot be complied with at the same time. Therefore, equality somewhere inside the compressor, the change of state follow-
of those parameters which are only of secondary importance is ing a different course.
dispensed with, the magnitude of their influence on the
efficiency having been established under test and specified A series of calculations has been made in which the limiting
conditions. values of the ratio of reduced speeds fVrhave been established
for the variation in the ratio of volume rate of flow not to
exceed limits of ? %, 2,5 % and 5 %. The results of these
D.1 .2.2 The influence of the Reynolds number on efficiency
calculation< for various polytropic exponents and various
is relatively larger at low values of Reynolds number and smaller
pressure ratios are presented in figure D.4.
at higher values.

The influence of a deviation in the test Reynolds number from When the isentropic exponents differ, the equal peripheral
the specified conditions is taken into account by an appropriate Mach numbers no longer &ad to an equal ratio of volume rate
correction method which shall be used in a certain range of ap- of flows; they are therefore abandoned, except for cases where
plication (see 7.3.3). the performance may be directly affected by the local Mach
number.

D.1 .2.3 The stipulation of equality for the enthalpy rise and
flow coefficients and for the Mach numbers and isentropic
exponents can generally be complied with merely by maintain- D.1 .2.6 If the test conditions extend beyond the inner
ing equality of the flow coefficients @Te = @Gw provided that tolerance limit, an additional uncertainty will be introduced (see
the deviation of the isentropic exponent K or the polytropic figure D.2) for the conversion to specified conditions.
N
exponent n and the factor do not exceed the limits
m If the outer tolerance limit is still not sufficient, it will be
given in figures D.3 and D.4. necessary to check whether there is any point in carrying out .,
the test under such circumstances. At any rate a higher ad-
These limits are specified in such a manner that when ditional uncertainty shall then be agreed for the conversion.
@lTe= @Ir&yor
In the se of compressors operating with local velocities close
to the %
v ocity of sound, it is necessary to check whether the
deviation of Mach numbers on test from those at specified con-
ditions is still permissible.
the velocity relationship and thus the volume flow relationships
in the compressor may differ up to a certain percentage during For this of course the local Mach number (ratio of local velocity
the test, and under the conditions on which the guarantees are of flow to local velocity of sound) shall be taken into account
based, without the efficiency qpOI (uncOOled cOmPre~O~) or instead of the peripheral Mach number.
qT (cooled compressors) and the work input coefficient r being
noticeably affected.
For cooled compressors it maybe necessary to check the limits
of tolerance for the conversion separately for the cooled and
The above limits are based on the fact that the maximum devi-
the uncooled sections.
ation of the ratio of volume rate of flows (q v,x/qv, 1) at any
point within the compressor is not more than 1 % (inner
tolerance limit) or 2,5 Yoor 5 % (outer tolerance limits for com-
pressors with steep or flat characteristic respectively).
D.2 Additional uncertainties resulting from
deviations in the ratio of volume flows
D.1 .2.4 When ~T~ = KG., the lar9eSt variations in volume
flow always occur at the end of the compression process. Con-
Under test conditions the ratio of volume flows (qV,t,x/qV,t,l)Te
sequently the permissible deviation is defined in respect to the
may differ from the specified value (qV,t,z/@,t,l)Gu by UP to
ratio q v,X/qv,1 (outlet to inlet) and can be represented through
1 % without any additional uncertainty being applicable to the
N
the permissible deviation of (see figure D.3). result of the conversion to specified conditions (inner tolerance
~ZIR~,l limit, see D.1 .2.3).

52
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

If the conditions of the test do not allow the ratio of reduced For the given pressure ratio and polytropic eXPOnentS n&I,T~
speeds and nM,Gu, read the upper and lower limits for the admissible
ratio of reduced speeds Nr from the corresponding charts in
P
clauaa D.3, at the inner and outer tolerance limits. When the
4=(J&)Te/(&)Gu characteristic curve is flat (see 7.3.2), allowing a deviation of
5 % in the ratio of volutne flows at the outer tolerance limit, the
to be chosen within the inner tolerance limit (see figures D.3 admissible values of Nr should be determined for the three tol-
and D.4), an additional uncertainty shall be applied to account erance limits + 1 %, i 2,5 % and + 5 %. These values are
for the inaccuracies introduced when converting to specified plotted on a diagram as shown in figure D.1. This diagram,
conditions. which has to be drawn for each occasion, gives the deviation
\
A k,from the specified ratio of volume flows corresponding to
This additional uncertainty is determined as follows. the teat value of N,.

5*

NOTE With tha valueof A V, obtained,the additionaluncertainty,radj,on tha volumeflow, energyconsumptionand pressureratiocan be taken
from figure 0.2.

Figure D.1 Deviation, A V,, as a function of N,

c
I

AVr, Yo

Figure D.2 Additional uncartaintv.rtij

53
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

D.3 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guarantee conditions

NOTE When teat cond~ions are such that the range of th? diagrams in figures D.4 and D.5 isexceeded,usethe flow chartsin figuresD.6 and D.7
to calculateIV,,~d.

Figurea D.3 and D.4 are taken from [631.

Reynolds number corrections are not incorporated in figuras D.3 and D.4.

I IA. I I I I
IIlllllllu

I I I I I 1 -- -c-
- - 11 I I I I I I I [ Q
-
I z I I 1 I II III 1 ! 1 1 1 1 1 I *
-t
Fw#3WFt

54
f,
. .-.=

IS 14641:1999
iso 5389:1992

upper limit
_ lower limit

1,0

w
t199<~tol

0,8

, ,
Nr
0,7
I
0,6 a)

P
451 1 I 1 I i I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 1 I 1 J
to 1)2 1,4 1,6 ?,8 2,0 2X 2,# 2$
w %. Gu

7,0

0,9
.

48
\
N,

0,7 \

Ofi \ \

t 1 I I
T&\ \
0,5 b) \

44 . 1 I I 1 1 I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I
%0 1,2 Z4 1,6 1,8 2,0 22 24 2,6

M, Gu

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guarantee conditions (~te * KG.)
55
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
__ lower limit

2,6

,
Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guerantee conditions (~T~ * ~Gu) (CO~tih9d)
.--.f
,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992


upper limit .
lower limit

:Q

\\.
R 2,0

0,6
?,7

7,0
2,

0,9

Nr

0,8

\.
0,7 -

1~(f
_\
ej \
\ .
>
I 1 1 I I 1 1 1
I I I 1 t I I 1
qo 1,2 t+ 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6

nM,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the convemion from test to guarentea conditions (KTe * KGU) (confinuedl
S7
Is 14641:1999 ,
ISO 5389:1992

upper hmit
_ lower limit

1,3

7,2

1,?

to

0,9

. .

<
\
N\
4s >
<J - .
+
\ ,
0,4 f) \
A,
\<

0,3. 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I I I 1 I I I i 1
<0 &2 49 46 1,8 2J 2,2 2,4 2,6

M,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guarantee conditions (KTe * KGU) (continued)

58
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
_ lower limit

1,3

1?2

0,975 <~<1,025

%0

0#9

N,

48 \

\
\.
47 ~

46 \ \
\

45;0 I I 1 1 I I I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I
# 1,2 Z4 ?,6 ?,6 2,0 2,2 2,Y 2,6
M,Gu

Pigure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guerentee conditions (~1~ * ~&j) (corrfirrued)
59
t ,$,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
Iower limit

1,4

fa

1,2
0,95< ~< 1,05

nM,Te= v
1 1

\ 1
<1 >
i~ )) ;, \
1,0

03

Nr

48
\

\
.
o,7 \

o,6 \
\ \ . \
\ \ \
. 4
\ \
\ . \
0,s
\ <<2

j) \
o##
\

o,3 I 1 I 1 i I I I I I 1 I I 1 1 I
to 1,2 f,e %6 ?,8 2P 2,2 2,4 2,6

M,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guerantae conditions (KT. * KGU) (confimm?d)
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
lower limit

%LIIHIHO

,.

M,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to gUemntee Conditions (KTe * KGU) (continued

61
.,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
. ___ lower limit

1s

f,#

r~

RiK-rv
\ 495<<< 405 a

+L\\ J \
1,2

1,/

to

\ I i\
\ \

\ ~
\ .
,

. \ Y .
\
\
\ \
\
O#s

.
\
\
o,# n)

1 1 I I 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I I 1 1 I +
31,0 42 49 ~6 t,8 Z,o 2,2 2,$ 2,6
M,Gu

Figure D.4 - Permieeiblelimits for the conversionfrom test to guerenteeconditions (~T~# rcm)(continued)

62
IS 14641: 1999
ISO 5389:1992 . .d

upper limit
___ lower limit

-1,+
I
p) . V*3

\
11 m
I
1 1 I i I 1 1 1 I I I f#2
L I I I 1 I I

M-1-LU LLl
<y<
:1

Nr

\ 47
\

I oy7!r<lfqu25
I I 1
I I I I I
. . .
I 1 1 1 1 I 1 I

1 1
t I I I

..t-l
w
I I I I I I I hl=[<w%hl
\ \
l-l

0,7
q) v
\ \
\

46;0 I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 I I 1 I I 1 I
# 42 ~+ $6 ?,8 z#O 2,2 2,4 2,6
M,Gu
Figure D.4 Permissibleiimitafor the Conversion from test to guarantee conditions (KTe # KGU) (conti
Wed)
63
IS 14641 :1999
0%0 5389I :1992
upper limit
lower limit

FFFRWFF

1
I
1
.
1
I
t I 1
I
1 I

1
A

i
\

1
\

w
1 P
\

1
\

I
I 1 I I I w i
1 I 1 I I 1 U
I I I I I I I
I I I I 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 i 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 I I J
%7 1,2 $4 I& 7J? 2# 2#2 Z9 2&
M,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissiblelimits for the conversionfrom test to guerenteeconditions (KTe * KGU) (confinu$d

64
1S 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992 *
uppar limit
__ Iowar limit {

..

\
. ...

[
1,3

s I I I I I I I
t?
Sx

49

.U I I I I I I I 1-
-0,8

N, I
Fill

l-l
1 I
I
I
I
l\
I \l
I
l\ N<
\. ].\

49
l-l


I I I \
\,
1 \
1~
*
\
1 \

,
\

v
48
\

\ \
\
-
47 t) \

1 1 I 1 1 I I I I 1 I I 1 I I
4~o
# 1,2 Z4 ?,6 ?,8 24 2,2 2,$ 2A
M.Gu

Figure D.4 PermiaaibleIimitafor the conversionfrom test to guarantee COditiOM (KTe * KGU) (confinuad)
85
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
_ lower limit

f=H--t-
Fllllllllll-wllml -

6
M,Gu

FigUm D.4 - Permissiblelimitsfor the conversion from test to guarantee conditions (KTe # KGU)(continued)
66
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit


_ lower limit
1

.. ..-.

1 1

t-t-t- %l.,,=z~ I I

11111+
gl

$0

1= 48

. 48
u
*2 \
\
N, .
F

. %0
1- I
I
opn?<~<lyls
1 1 \
\
F

1-
i-

t-l I I I I I I I I I 1 I-%w-l

M,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guarentee conditions (KTe # K~U) (continued)
8?
IS 14641:1999
IS() 5389:1992

upper limit .-
_ lower limit

t7 \ \ . ... ...

i
~6 \
oJ5<&<lJN

%5.
\

%3+

1,2

\
1,1

Nr \ \

1,0 7

48

.
0,7, \ T
\ 7=
\
\
0,6. \
\ ,
\
~>
0$ .
y) \

I L I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 I
44,,* 42 &4 ?,6 7,8 Z# 2,2 2,4 2,6
M,Gu

Figure D.4 Permissiblelimits for the conversionfrom teStto 9Uemnteeconditions (% # ~Gu) (COnfi/?Ud)
68
f,

Is 14841: 1999 . d
ISO 5389: 1992


upper limit
__ lower limit

...->

HI4u O?<:?
-t--t-l
1 I 1 1 1 1
1#2
K I I

&+++ti r

f#4

Iu I I 1

Pi,Gu

Figura D.4 - Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guarantee conditions (~T~ * K@) (continued)
89
Is 14841:1999
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit
_ lower limit

?,7 1 \
\l i I I I I I I I I I I I

\I d \l \l \ i Iy
1,3
\\

I j\ I -Q xl \ v\ I \l\ i\l I
t I \l L l\ 1< r.\l -s I

t-l 1 x] l\l\l

Ivr

tot
I
l-l

l-l I
I
I
I
I
I
lsll\
I

1
\l

I\
Xl
l\

I
l,
I \l

l\ 1
Y \
=1
\
t-l 1
I
I
IIYI
1 1 1> 1 1 . xl I -1 I \ 1.
I I I 1 I

l-l I I I l-d

1
I
1
1111
1 1 1 1 n 1 1 u I - I 1 \
t 1 1 1 I 1 1 I x
l-l I
II 1111
I I 1 I I \ I I h I Iv
48 I .
FI 1
11111 \ 1 \

\ 1 \
0,7

\
\
o#
\
?@
\ .
45 ab) \

441~1 1, * 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 I 1 I t I A
# 8 Z4 1#6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,V 2J
M, Gu

Figure D.4 Permissiblelimits for the conversionfrom test to guarsnteeconditions (KT. # KGU) (con?inued)
70
IS 14641:1999

,-
ISO 5389:1992

upper limit {
_ __ lower limit

1- N I { ?. .P. l,{ I 1 1 I I I 1 1 I

N,

f,2
1$

5 ,
%!
\

\
\

\ b -t-HWQki
~2
.
z?

127
64

0,!7
1,3

Figure D.4 Permissible limits for the conversion from test to guarsntee conditions (KT, # K~u) (continued)
71
Is 14641:1999
1s05389:1992
.

upper limit
__ lower limit

1,8~ u \ N\ I I i I I I I I I I I I I 1
4 . ..>

1 I 1 I I I 1 I 1
I I I i
495< vr~T,M

l\ l, HI nNJeV

s
\
k Ii h l\8k\.1 l\ \
t-\l N \l {

+&k
L
\J \=
\ \ . \ , \
1,2
\ \ ~
Nr
\ Y \
Is .. I \
Flll\l
I-111 r. I h l\ \
I I I l\ I I> I I
t <1 \
I-1111 Y I }. .

L
l\ll
I 1 i I
I1 11-.1
xl 1
09t 1w
t-1 I
I
1
I
1
II I
1
II l%.
1 xl 1 1 N1 1 w
t I
I-1111 I I I 1~.1
\
I Id m
ml. \
1--1
48
\
\
\ .

\ - ~&
0,7 \
\ .

ae) \
146 \
\
I 1 l<.
I L 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 t 1
4% 1,2 $4 $6 7#8 2#o 2#2 2,+ 2/6
M,Gu

Figure 0.4- Permieeibb Iimite for the conversion from tO$t to 9UWOntie condition (KTe * KGU) (corrckdedl
72
IS 14641:1999
HO 5389:1992

D.4 Permissible deviation of the peripheral Reynolds number

Figure D.5 (taken from [54]) shows the permissible deviations in the peripheral Reynolds number of centrifugal compressors for the
.......
application of the correction method (sea annex E).

Limit of
\\\\\\\
application

Y// /

//////2

104 105 106 107 108


ub
Guarantee Reynolds number /?eu,Gu=
t,l, Gu

figure D.5 Allowabla ranga of application of tha correction mathod

73
, ,,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

D.5 Determination of settings Additional input for real gasas:

D.5.I Input values for flow charts in figures D.6 pcr, Te critical pressure of test gas
and D.7 critical temperature of test gas
Cr.Te

D.5.1.1 General and, if available,

Unless otherwise agreed between manufacturer and customer zTe = f(p, T) compressibility factor
all pressures and temperatures refer to total conditions (see
6.1.1.3). M,Te
compressibility functions
YM,Te }
NOTE For simplicity, the subscript t has been omitted when refer-
ring to total pressures and temperatures in figures D.6 to D. 11. KTe = f(P, T) isentropic exponent

b is the rotor reference outlet tip width.


D.5.1.3 Specified values
A V, ~ ~01 is the permissible deviation of the ratio of the
volume rates of flow from 1. Input for all stage groups:

()
Reu,Te
= j(Reu,Gu) (for centrifugal compressors) (see Pt, 1,
Gu inlet pressure
&?u,@ 0
~, 1,Gu inlet temperature
figure D.5), or any other agreement between manufacturer and
customer. Pt, 2, Gu discharge pressure

~, 2, Gu discharge temperature
For real gases, isentropic exponent at inlet conditions
1,
Gu
~ = ~(pr, ~ ) compressibility function @l, Gu relative humidity, inlet conditions

Y = ~(pr, ~ ) compressibility function G. gas constant

(See clause A.3. ) Gu speed

Reynolds number corrections are not incorporated in the flow Additional input for real gasas:
charts and formulae.
M, GU compressibility factor

D.5.1.2 Test date


M, GU
compressibility functions
At compressor inlet: M, & 1

M, GU isentropic exponent
Pt, 1,Te pressure

~,1, Te temperature or

K,, Te isentropic exponent critical preesure of specified gas


pCr, Gu

RTe gas constant Cr, G. critical temperature of specified gas

Pl, Te relative humidity


D.5.2 Perfect or near-perfect gases
~Te = ~(PTe, TTe) dynamic viscosity

N- maximum adjustable speed NOTE See table 2 for suggested limits within which the gas maybe
considered to be near perfect.
Nmin minimum adjustable speed

For stages following intercoolera: D.5.2.I Test gas

~, l,Te temperature at stage inlet The compressibility factor 21, ~e = Z2, Te = 1.

74
!,,
...

IS 14641:1999 .-=
ISO 5389:1992

Determination of the settings: perfect and near-perfect gases


Inputteq,T@ unit to L
start

I
betaken from input
tistor calculatedfrom
cnitlettemD.of 1
,,. orecedunit
1]
Unlessotherwse qeed all pressL
1 and tem~atures referto bta( mm
lsentrcpi~O~ nent ~fQo
lK&J ,? ,ql

Fii!iG1.
E@Gl
6
CE5i-J
Yes
k.i+
%+--l

(ytrop exp
Ih - rGWo2 22
,,

No
28
vr21+!ivrIb

i I

Skiz
r-----
I@i-d

he @k3J.ar testgas?

A i
I,

Yes

pii$gq
Wtb V,-fedt.frcm thiscalculation

CAcdate forevq section

Rl%i%$%Y&:;-
1 -i

Is it possib(eto maintainduring
thetest the mlculatedspeeds
and inlet tefnperatures
of the units?
1

*-
(3
Erd i
Erd
NOTE The iaentropic exponent K is represented as K in this figure.
Figure D.6 Flow chart for the determinetion of settings in the case of perfect and near-perfect gases
IS 14641:1999 d
.
ISO 5389:1992

/
Determination of the settings: Real gases
k-putterrplmof unit to k
betaken from irput
stall
.
-----
Unlessothemise ~ al~pressures

m
0

I1 I

m
I

t
1

f
I

m
I

$JL%$$%WW
I I
f I dwk I
M=IiP-l

Elm !
~
I I
.. I

tl-etest the caicuktedspeeds


and inlet temperatures T-

Print data for


1
Choosenew sutdiiision
I%nt a staterrmt thst theCmprFSW
camot be tested acccfdii toISO5389.
executionof test basedon i~ut H @ dsbthegiwntes tcditkmsdti
/ 49 aridprecedng
catculatii ~hn. pessibbs@ivisbns. E.
I I I

NOTE The iaentropic exponent rc is represented aa K in thisfigure.


Figure D.7 Flow chart for the determination of cattings in the case of real gasea
76
- ..3L_

IS 14641:1999 d

ISO 5389:1992

In many cases the isentropic exponent can be considered to be D.5.3 Real gases
constant, i.e.
w The test gas is a real gas.
~Te = K1, T~ = K2,Te
The settings may be determined by following the flow chart
The settings may be determined by following the flow chart
given in figure D.7.
given in figure D.6.

D.6 Conversion to guarantee conditions for


D.5.2.2 Specified gas uncooled compressors

If the specified gas is a perfect or near-perfect gas and the Reynolds number corrections are not incorporated in the for-
discharge temperature ~, Gu is not specified, the polytropic mulae.
efficiency can be calculated from the internal power figure
according to the following equation: D.6.1 Perfect or near-perfect gases

(Kl)M, GUX The conversion formulae are given in figure D.8.


@ (@l)Gu
qpol,Gu =
KM, @ (p2/pl)Gu[(K- l)/KIM, Gu 1 NOTE See table 2 for suggested limits within which the gas maybe
log 1+
considered to be near perfect.
{ Vs, G
}

where q~ Gu is the isentropic efficiency given by the formula D.6.2 Real gases

The conversion method in figure D.9 is used for Schultzs


~s,G =
()
q,rr,UtJ$111,
q
s

~u
method of polytropic analysis (see [11).

The same formulae apply when gas properties are determined


The above applies to step 6 in the flow chart given in from tables and/or charts and equations of state rather than
figure D.6. from generalized compressibilityfunctions as given in annex A.

77
Is 14841:1999 .
ISO 5389:1992

Test values
*
cpM, Te
1
Pin,e

1111+J+
I I ~ I
Y
I
Y

n,e=
In
()2.2
PI Te
or =
In
() 22
PI Te

P2 72
[n
(1)P1 T1 Te
&
[n !L
[()( PI Te CpMq Vl $
Pi ~
)1
+1
Te

+ ,:YEik or. n(*)Te


Pin +,
(-) In k
() 11 Te


In
[
cpMqvl +
d Te

El-
n-
1
I b I

NGU

B
c M,Gu

116

(ZIRIGU

NOTES
I Unless otherwise agreed all pressures and temperatures refer to totel conditions (P = Pt and ~ = ~).

2 The iaantropic exponent rc is represented aa K in this figure.

Figure D.8 Conversion of test resulte for perfect or neer-perfect gases in the case of uncooled compressors

78
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.-!

-7

m
I I 1 1

Y II I(+),,=-vM,7:mT.(lxM,T.) 1-

Rle ~ZN.re
011=(m.cpM)f*(R.~

7@m=
m-Trl ?

m I JIm-
IIWo=%wwl Iao

Pl,Gu
I D
in,CO*
l, Gu %co~poi,co,O
T POI,TO aco L.CO
a

NOTE- Unlesothe~iw agr4all p~r~and temWratur~ mfertoto@l mndtions(p =piand T= ~).

Figure D.9 Conversion of test results for real gases in the-ea~ of-tincoo~~pr~om
.
--i. L

IS 14641:1999 *
ISO 5389:1992

D.7 Conversion to guarantee conditions in D.7.1.2 For cooled compressors according to 8.2.4.2, where
the case of cooled compressors the ratio of the gas inlet temperature of the stages or stage
groups following intercoolers to the inlet temperature of the
compressor is different under test and guarantee conditions,
D.7.1 Perfect or neer-perfect gases the conversion formulae are given in figure D. 11.

NOTE See table 2 for suggested limits within which the gas maybe
considered to be near perfect. D.7.2 Real gases

In accordance with 3.5.3.8, the compressor sections between


D.7.1.1 For cooled compressors according to 8.2.4.1, where intercoolers must be converted separately (see clause D.6) and
the ratio of the gas inlet temperature of the stages or stage the results combined.
groups following intercoolers to the inlet temperature of the
compressor is the same under test and guarantee conditions, For this combination, figure D. 11 may be used where ap-
the conversion formulae are given in figure D. 10. plicable (steps 14, 15 and 16).
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

---

!
Pin Te
Test values

t
n=l I 1

=(ZIRT1)~eln ~ T,
ml, Te 01

El----
( )1
NGU 2

ml
=W
mT, Co T, Te N Te
J%
-i

@l--T- 1. 4

Imll
NOTE Unlesaothewise agreed allpresur* andtem~eratures refer totOtal conditiOns(p =ptand T= ~).

Figure D.1O Conversion of test results for perfect or near-perfect gasas in tha case of compressors cooled
in accordance with 8.2.4.1 (see D.7. I.1 )
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.-4

, .
---1

a
z
-1-
4 @

-:--
.
2
Z z

El n

n
2
-.
-+-
M_
-

a-
.

11
3,

a
~

Qil

!Jlll m-en- , ,
I 1 1

I I I I

NOTES
1 Unlesothe~iw agrwdall pr-ures andtemperaturm refer tototal conditions(p = p,and T= Z).
2 The hWItrOpiCeXpOt
IentK isrepreaentad as~in this figure.

Figure D.11 Conversion of test results for perfect or near-perfect gases in tha case of compressors cooled in accordance
with 8.2.4.2 (see D.7. 1.2)
f,
.

,1S 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Annex E
(normative)
!.
.....

Correction method for the influence of the Reynolds number


on the performance of centrifugal compressors
(according to the International Compressed Air and Allied Machinery Committee)

E.O Introduction value of the peripheral Reynolds number for the first stage of a
stage group is given by
The method provides formulae for the efficiency, specific com-
pressionwork and flow corrections necessitated by differences ub
Reu = . . . (El)
in Reynolds number between the workshop test conditions and Vt,
1
the guarantee conditions.
where Vt,1is the kinematic viscosity at the inlet tota I condition.
The total losses are divided into two portions. In the region of
the best et%ciencypoint, the portion of the losses independent In multistage compressors, the representative value of the
of the Reynolds number is represented by a constant fraction of Reynolds number of the first stage is taken to represent each
0,3. The lossesdue to friction are assumed to be dependent on stage group.
a representative value of the friction coefficient A according to
the Moody diagram for pipe friction. The representative value
E.1.2 roughness Ra; centre-line average (CLA) IGBI;
of A is related to a reference Reynolds number and to a
arithmetical average (AA) lUSA/: Roughness average f!cm
reference relative roughness of the compressor. These correc-
the centre-line of the peaks. It is given by
tions can be applied in an allowable range, taking into account
the inherent limitations for accurate testing at low Reynolds
numbers.
R,= + @iX . . . (E.2)
The method is the result of an investigation of a Working Group
of the Process Compressor Sub-committee of the International The reference roughness R, k the average roughness for the
Compressed Air and Allied Machinery Committee (lCAAMC), impeller and its diffuser and can be either measured or taken
issued on June 25, 1964. A brief description of the application from the manufacturers drawing (with agreement between
of this method is given herein. manufacturer and customer). The roughness values are
measured inside the impeller on one blade, on the disc and on
The correction method applies only to the internal hydraulic the shroud near the outer diameter. The values for the diffuser
losses and, therefore, balancing piston losses and mechanical are measured on the side walls and in the middle of one blade
losses must be accounted for separately. near the inlet diameter.

The representative relative roughness of the stage is given by


E.1 Definitions
R,
For the purposes of this annex, the following definitions apply.
T

E.1.1 Reynolds number Re: A dimensionless parameter in multistage compressors, the representative value of the
expressing the ratio between the inertia and the viscous forces relative roughness of the first stage is taken to represent each
in a liquid. In this International Standard, the representative stage group.

a3
IS 14641:1999
1S0 5389:1992

E.2 Symbols and subscripts

Table E.1 Symbols

Symbols S1 unit symbol Definitions end observations

b m Outlet width of the first impeller of the stage group


D
I m Outlet diameter of the first impeller of the stage group
e m Oeviation of the surface from the line of the mean sur-
face height
.
A ht J/kg Enthalpy rise of the stage group

1 m Length of the line of the maan surface


m3/5 Inlet volume rate of flow of the stage group
qv,t,l
Ra m Average roughness

u m/s Peripheral velocity at reference diameter, i.e. the outlet
diameter of the first impeller of the stage group
w. rw,l I J/kg I Polytropic specific compression work of the stage group

r = Ahtluz dimensionless Work input coefficient of the stage group

dimensionless Polytropic efficiency of the stage group


Vnnl,--- t 1
A dimensionless Pipe flow friction factor

v+ , I m2/s I Kinematic viscosity at the inlet total condition

@ = qv,t,l/(Dz d dimensionless Flow coefficient of the stage group

.01 = m. rmliu2 dimensionless Polytropic work coefficient of the stage group

Table E.2 Subscripts

Subscripts Dafinitiona

Gu Guarantee conditions
Te Test condkions
w At Reynolds numbar tending to infinity

E.3 Formula for efficiency correction for test conditions, from Colebrook,

The formula for efficiency correction in the region of the best 18,7
1
efficiency point is given by

.
0,3 + 0,7 AGUIA.
. . . (E.3)
K
.
(
1,74 210g,~ 2* +
Reu,Te& )

For rough estimations, the Moody diagram (figure E.1) can be


. . . (E.6)

0,3 + 0,7 ATJA. med.

For calculation of the A values, the following generally


accepted equations are wad: E.4 Formulae for specific compression work,
work input and flow correction
from von Karman
There is a definite increase in both work coefficient and flow
coefficient with an increase in Reynolds number.

7+== ()1,74 210glo 2+ . . (E.41


In the neighborhood of the test efficiency point, roughly half
the increase in the efficiency appears as an increase in specific
for guarantee conditions, from Colebrook, compression work, and this leads to the following formula:

(
18,7 Ypol G.
7%= 1,74210g,~ 2++
Re~,m& )
. . . (E.51 -.0,5+0,5=
~@,T~ ?pol,Te
. . . (E.7)
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

With a knowfedge of the efficiency and work coefficient correc- b) From this, the ratiOq@,Gu/vpol,Te is found.
tions, the correction for the work input can be calculated from
+ the relationship ~n = WwI/qwI, which gives the following c) Equation (E.7) is used to calculate the ratio
formula: ~@,Gu/ Y@,T@ equation (E.9) to calculate the ratio
@GUt@Te#and tWJatiOn (E.8) tO CdCUhte the ratio rG.f Te
at the best efficiency point.
G.
= 0,5 + 0,5- . . . (E.8)
g ~poI,Gu
d) The ratios Vml,Gu/?/@ T~, YpoI,Gf~@,T& and rG.lrTe
The change in flow with increasing Reynolds number can be calculated at the best effi&iency point are taken to be the
approximated by same at all pointa of the measured teat characteristic.

e) The measured test points are now converted to the cor-


. . . (E.9) rected characteristic using these fixed ratios [d)].

E.5 Application of formulae to test data


The equations given in clause E.4 define the influence of the E.6 Allowable range
change in the best efficiency point on the performance
characteristics. The change in other points can then be The range of application of the correction formulae and the
calculated by noting that the shape of the characteristic curve selection of a suitable test Reynolds number are influenced by
remains essentially the same. two factors, i.e.

The full correction procedure is illustrated in figure E.2 and is the accuracy of the correction formulae at different
summarized below.
Reynolds numbers,
a) At the best efficiency point on the test characteristic the
ratio the reliability of teats carried out at reduced suction
pressures or low driving power.
1 ~pol,Gu
1 ~pol,Te
The limit of application of the ICAAMC formula is shown in
is calculated according to equation (E.3). figure D.5.

65
, , &
A
Hydrsulicsllyroughpipes I 111 I I 11] b
0,08
0,07
5/10-2
0,06 4/10-3
3/10-2
-,10-2
O*O5
0-2
0-2
0,04

0-3

0,03 0-3
-
4/10-
2/10-3
. ..- -3

0,02
m J \ I Ill I I
I

0,016

0,014

0,012
HI .yclrdicsllysrncmth pi= I

0,01

0.008
.
10 2 4 6 104 2 4610s2 .4 6 10 2 461012 4-6 @

Re,=*
Vt,l

Figure E.1 Friction fector for turbulent flow in rough pipes

I.*
,.
IS 14641:1999
1s05369:1992

Work input -Equation (E.8)


coefficient ratio q
rGu/rT~ 8

J.
.

(E.7)

Reference polytropic
work coefficient ratio
1
Vpoi,Gu/Vpol,Te

Efficiency ratio
flpol,Gu/?pol,Te 1

1
Flow ratio @l, Gu/I#JI,Te

Figure E.2 Illustrationof correctionprocedure

87
IS 14641:1999 ~
ISO 5389:1992

Annex F
(informative)

Examples

F.O Introduction accounting separately for the dynamic pressure. The following
comparison of the results indicates the magnitude of the error
introduced and shows that the approximation in these two par-
F.O.1 General
ticular cases is acceptable.
This annex gives examples to demonstrate the determination of
Approximate method Correct method
test settings and the conversion of test results to guarantee
conditions in typical cases. 2 C** - ~12
w m,t = (V dp)t wm,~= Wm +
NOTE The examples given in this annax do not incorporate the ~1 2
Reynolds number corrections because the ICAAMC method was not
available at the time when the examples were incorporated in this inter- Example 1:
national Standard.
Converted internal power at guaranteed pressure ratio:
F.O.2 Test conditions Approximate method Correct method

Table F.1 summarizes the test conditions covered by the dif- 320,4 kW 320,5 kW
farent examples regarding gas properties (perfect gas or reel
NOTE 1 Local Mach numbers at inlet and discharge are 0,043 and
gas) and the approximation to strict similarity of flow. 0,071 respectively.

F.O.3 Computation of specific compression work Example 4:

In all examples the specific compression work is computed on Convertad internal power at guaranteed pressure ratio:
the basis of total pressures and temperatures. The velocity Approximate method Correct method
heeds at the standard inlet and discharge points therefore do
7983,3 kW 7992,8 kW
not appear as a separate tarm, which is the case when the com-
putation is carried out according to the correct formulae baaed NOTE2 LocalMach numbersat inletand dwharge are 0,056 and
on static pressures and Wmpereturaa (see 3.4). O,119respectively.
Ths method of calculation $ivee sufficient accuracy, because
the gas velocity in the inlet and discharge nozzles of turbocom- F.O.4 Accurecy of computation
pressora is usually low (A4a < 0,2).
Re-ceiculetion of thk numerical results of the examples may
In order to verify the validity of this approximation, examples 1 reveal differences in the lest digits depending on the accuracy
and 4 have also been calculated using the correct method of and storage capacity of the computer used. -

Table F.1 Synopsis of test conditions

Exemple
Teat conditions
1 2 3 4 5 6
strict x x
Similarityof flow
approximate x x x x
~Ts = ~@ x x x x
KTe # K@ x x
Iaentropic exponent
constant x x x x x
not conatsnt x

constant = 1 x x x x x
Compressibility factor
not conatsnt x

air x x x x x
Test gas
gas mixture x

adjustable x x x
spaed
not adjustable x x x
no x x x
Intercooling
yes x x x
A 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.1 Example 1 Uncooled turbocompressor, F.1.2 Purpose of tests


isentropk eXpOnWIt ~Te = ~@ speed
adjustable The purpose of the teats is to prove the guaranteed power re-
quirement for the guarantee point.

F.1.l General
The conditions at the inlet on teat deviate from the guarantee
conditions. The same peripheral Mach number as given in the F.1.3 Design of installation
guarantee conditions can be achieved by changing the speed.
The guarantee condfiions, guaranteed performance and other The installation consists of a three-stage turbocompreeaor for a
design values are given in tables F.2 to F.4. biatomic gas mixture, driven by a back-pressure turbine.

Table F.2 Guarantae conditions

Numarical
Designation Symbol value Unit
m 1 1
Inlet pressure (total)
I Pt,l,
GU 0,9524 bar

Inlet temperature(total)
I t,l, Gu I 30,16
I
JC
Gas constant I R@ I 764,9 I N.ml(kg.K)

I
Isentropic exponent 1,4
GU
(Gas mixture, perfect gas ZGU = 1)

Kinematic viscosity i v, ~,, I 3,27x 10-5 I rrWs

Table F.3 Guamnteed perforrnanca

Numerical
Symbol
value Unit

Volumetric flow atinlet qV,t,l, Gu 9,715 dls


Discharge pressure Pt,2, Gu 1,2203 bar

Specific power requirement at compressor coupling e, Gu 0,009297 kWh/ms


qKt,Gu

Table F.4 - Other dasign values

Numarical
Designation Symbol Unit
value I
Compressor speed [due to variable-speed drive not NGU 4700 rl min

1-
guaranteed)l)

Outsida diameter of Stage 1 impeller DI ,0,9 m

Cross-section of inlet no2zleZ~ Al 0,3s d

Cross-section of discharge nozzlez) A2 0,1926 d

1) The subscript Gu designates the design speed.


2) It is important that thase flow cross-sectionsbe given because of low pressure increase in this instance.
(Thus the static and dvnsmic components of the Dreasures can be determined.)
Is 14541:1999
ISO 5389:1992

()
F.1.4 Test set-up N
Since it is impossible to test the machine set with gas on site,
N, =
m Te
=1 .-/
the tests are carried out on the suppliers test bad using air, the
N
compressor being driven by a variable-speed cradled electric
dynamometer, in such a way that the compressor shaft torque
() m G
can be measured directly.
The test set-up is illustrated in figure F.1, and the test con- 2s9,3 x 3oly . z ~1 r,min
ditions are given in table F.5. NT, = 4700
i 764,9 x 303,37
F.1.5 Setting conditions
The test conditions are set to achieve flow similarity in accord- Since figure F. 1 is not required in fulfilling this condition,
arwe with 8.2.3.2, i.e. hmI,G. and riGu do not need to be r=JcUlated.

Ap
Cradled electric
dynamometer
Both cradled frames
mechanically interlocked

(w?
(D+q1 Cradled gear
&

Figure F.1 - Test set-up for example 1

Table F.5 - Test conditions

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
Ia I, valua II
Isentropic exponent (air)
I Te 1,4

I
Mean inlettemperature t,l,
Te 2S,16 *C
Geeconstsnt RTe 2BB,30 N.rnl(kg. K)
Test gas assumed parfect, therefore ZTa = 1 I I I

90
4
-.....LL

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Alternatively the settings could be determined as follows by Since in this particular case Z and CPdo not vary within the
using the flow chart given in figure D.6. The calculation machine, the condition of26 is fulfilled.
.,
I
sequence is as follows (the numbers given are those J---

Pass43 44 (see the note to F.O.I).


designating individual boxes in the flow chart):
A check as to whether the setting conditions determined can
1 2345678910 1112 be maintained in the testis made in 45. Since this is the case in
13 2122-23-24 this instance, the calculation ends with 46 47.

Since strict similarity can beguaranteed here with rcTe= KGU The test was carried out maintaining the above test conditions.
andwith variable speed, AVr,td = Oisinaertedinto 23.
F.1.6 Test results and conversion
A check as to whether the assumption made in 7 is true is
cerriedoutin25 26. See tables F.6 to F.8.

Table F.6 Test results

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Test number 1

Date of test 1964-08-26


Time of test . 12,50 h
Atmoepharic pressure Ps 1,013 bar
Gas constant Te 2s9,30 Nm/(kg. K)
Speed NTe 2881 rlmin
Msee flow-j qm,Tc 6,75278 kgls
Inlet pressure (total) Pt, I, Te 1,00 bar
Inlet temperature (total) t,l, Te 28 Oc
Dansity @t,l,Te 1,150 kglti
Volumetric flow at iniat qKt,l, Te 5,8 I-rP/s
(also usable inlet volume flow)
Discharge temperature t.20Te 58,66 Oc
Diecharga pressure pt,Z Te 1,2871 bar
., -.. . .. .. . .
- I LompuIeo worn me mass now wnlcn IS measured in accordance with ISO 5167-1.

Table F.7 - Calculation results

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value
Preseuraratio (@pl)t, T~ 1,2826 -
Specificieantropiccompressionwork w m,s,t,Te 23220 N.m/kg
Iaantropic compre~on powar s,t, Te 156,8 kW
Power at compressor coupling e, Te 214,7 kW
Mechanical compressor power loss f ,Te 3,0 kW
Internal power in, Te 211,7 kW
intemai ieentropic efficiency (from Pin,Te) ?s,in,Te 74,07 %
htarna[ po~ropic efficienW (from tt,2,Te) r/@,in, Te 75,05 %
Polytropic exponent nTe 1,630
Specific polytropic compression work m,rml,t,Te 23628 N.rnlkg

91
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.8 Conversion to guaranteaconditions (seefigure D.81


1
Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
valua
Dasign speed NGU 4,700 rlmin
Test speed NT= 2681 rl min
Converted volumetric flow at inlet qv,t,l, co 9,5728 @/s
Converted specific compression work w m,pol, t, Co 62617 N.mlkg
Converted pressure ratio calculated with rrco = nTe (P2/Pl)t, co 1,2927
because ~Gu = ~Te

Converted internal power Pi, co 327,87 kW


Converted mechanical power losses Pf,co 6,3 kW

Converted power at coupling e, Co 334,17 kW

NOTE The conversion of mechanical losses is carried out according to the formula
NGU 1,5
f,Co = f,Te ~
()

F.1.7 Test uncertainty and comparison with guarantee

Tabla F.9 Comparison with the guarantee (see 9.4)

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
valua
Guaranteedspecificpolytropiccompressionwork w m,rml,t,Gu 60,351 N.m/kg

Conversionfactor 9 k,t,GuWm,pol,t,Gu 0,97s 1

9v,t,co%r,pol,t,c0

Internalpowerabsorptionrelatedto (p#pl)t, @j Pin, cO 320,7 kW

power at COU@hfj related tO (@~l)t,Gu Ps, co 327,0 kW

Specific power at coupling related to (p2/pl)t, G Pa, co 0,00835 kWh/ms

qv,t,l,co

Guaranteed specific power at coupling e, Gu o,a)8 287 kWh/rn3

q~t,l,Gu

Deviation in specific power at coupling from guarantee + 0.57 %


value

The specific power at the coupling is exceeded by 0,57 % (see table F.9) but, since this is within the overall test uncertainty, the
guarantees are met accordingly.

The measuring errora are calculated in accordance with 9.2.

The test uncertainty for example 1 is ahown in table F.1O.

92
,.*,
..

Is 14841:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.1O Resultingtaat unce~inty

Numarical .... .!
Designation Symbol Comments
value {
1
Uncertainty in rq , Ts 1,1 % According to ISO 5167-1
volumetric flow
N, Ta 0,35 % Quality grade 0,2 final scale value 5 ~
at inlet
Tpl,Ta 0,13 % 1 mmHg on absolutepressure

7T1,Te 0,33% 10 on absolutetemperature


7Z, Not applicebla,in accordancewith 5.9

rsc,qv 1,207 % See 9.2.5

Uncertaintyin pressure Nr 1,0


ratio
ln(p2/pl) 0,254

pz,Ta 0,43% 1 mmHg on absolutepressure


res,~lpl 0,4s % See 9.2.6

Uncertaintyin specific C4 201,1


power at coupling
rff 10 % Estimated

F 1,34 % One scaledivisionaa assumederror

rea,Pe 1,740 % See 9.2.7 and table 10

F.1.8 Comparison of different calculation methods

A comparison of different calculation methods is given in table F.11.

93
Table F.11 Comparisonof different calculationmathods

Total
Suction side: total

(
Total ~22 - =,2
Static
(P,, I,) wm=wm*+ Discharge aide: static
2 )
Guaranteeconditions

Inlet pressure PL1,@ = Q= 4 ber 0,9524 bar 0,9524 bar pi,@ = o?~l 2 bar
Inlet temperature fcl,a = 30,16 C 30,16 C 30.16 C t,,Gu
= 30 c

Gasconstant ftm = 764,9 N.m/(kg. K)

Iaantropic exponent K@ = 1,4

Compreaaibiiii factor Za = 1,0

Kinematic viscosity v~ = 3,2678 X 10-s I&s

Dischargepressure ptiti = le~3bar Pt,z,ti = 1.2203 bar ~,Gu = 1,2160 bar Pz,@ = 1,2160 bar

Volumetric ftow et inlet qv,tl,a = 9,715 */a qV,t.l,Gu = 9,715 dls f?v,t,l,(m = 9?715 ~ls qv,l,ca = 9,7222 dla

Specific power required P*a Pe ~ Pa& P* Q


et conqxasaorcoupling = 0,008~ kWh/n@ - = 0,008287kWhlrn2 - = 0,009297 kWh/rn2 - = O,U 297kWhlm2
qv.tl qv,tl qv,t,l qv,t,l

Expectedcompressor N& = 4700 rhnirr

Outsidediametar fl=0,9m
of 1stimpeller

Area of inletnozzle Al = 0,38rrP

Area of dischargenozzle Az = 0,1828+

Teat conditions

Teat gas Air Air

Iaantropic exponent KTe = 1,4 KTe = 1,4

Inlet temperature ttl.Te = 26,16 C I,,Te = 26 c

Gas cmnstant RTe = 269,31 N. m/(kg. K) RTe = 269,30 N ~m/(kg K)

Compressibility factor zTe = 1,0 ZT, = 1,0

Kinematic viscosity Vre= 1,6401 x lo-=rr?ls vT~ = 1,6401 X 10-5 r#/s


~.,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992
I? il
l-
L-I II II
II
-
.-c
E m
2
ii
L-4
II II II
$
9S
Table F.11 Comparison of different calculation methods (continued

Total Suction aide: total Static

(
Total ~22 ~lz
Example 1 ~acherge aide: static
(Pt, It) W,,, = Wm,~~,i. + z
)

st calculation Pl,Te
Pt,l ,Te ,,Te = 1,1508 kg/d Tez
Inlet gas density Pt,l,Te
,l,Te =
, ~eRTe ~,,T:
lTe = Zl,Te~Te ~1 Te
Zl,T~R~~ 7l,T=
. 1,0022x NY
1,(X)35 x I& 1,(K)35X Id
1,0X268,30X301,25
= 1,0 x269,3 x 301,41 = 1,0 x 269,3 x 301,41
. l,4989kg/r@
= l,1508kg/ti . l,lW8kg/~
qm,Te
volumetric flow at inlet qm Te qrn,Te ,,l,Te =
v,I,l,Te
. .-
V,t.1.Te = &?l,Te
@t,l,Te @t,l,Te
_ 6,75276 _ 6,75276
. 6,76276 _ 6,75276 1,1489
1,1508
1,1508 1,1508

5,6725 @/s
= 5,W79 dla = 5,6679 rolls
= 5,6679 rrWa
2,Te 12825 t.le _ 1,~ 5
__
Pressureratio ~1,2925 . = _l._-.
Q== 1,0022
[,l,Te l,Co35 l,Te
t,l,Te 1,0035 1,Te 1,0022
= 1,28660 = 1,2687
= 1,2826 = 1,2687

vm,s,t,Te= vm,=,Te
= m,s,Te =
KTe 1
specific iaentropic vm,s,t,Te= KTe 1 KTe 1
KTe 1
compression work

~*[(*)--j **[(3 T* -11+ %.%.[(*)=


,, ,,
-q
KTe PI Te P2,Te
-
~Te 1 &,,T. [(-)
/%,Te 1
T _ 1

105 X1,OO22 x _px 105 X1,0035X _gx 105 X1,OO22 x


_ 1,4 x 105 X1,0035X .4X14 0,4 1,1499
1,1499 0,4 1,1508
-vi 1,1508 0,4

x [(1,2697)
0,2s57
11+ x [(1,2660)0=7 - 1]
x [(1,2687 )0=7 11
X [(1,2926) 0=7 - 1]
+ @y342
_- - 15056972)
2
. 22665 N.m/kg . 228W$N. m/kg
. 23220 N.m/kg =23223 Nm/kg
~~,Te = W~,=,t,TE.q~,T~
P~,t,Te = Wm,S,~,Teqm,Te Ps,Te = rn,s,Te q~,Te
Isentropiccomrm.saiOn f~,t,Te = Wm,$,t,h
%n,Te

22665 X6,7528 X1 O-3 Z996X 6,75276X10-3
power
23223x6,75278x 10-3

23220 X 6,75278X 10-3

154,53 kW = 155,3 kW
= 156,8 kW = 156,8 kW
P=,T, = 2147 kW P,,T, = Torque2 II NT,
P.,Te = Torque. 2 n. NT, P,,Te = Torque ~2 n. NT~
Power at compressor
10-3 X711,56X 2x n x 2+
coupling 10-3 x711,56 x2xnx2~
=10-3 x711,58 x2xn X2=
64)
= 214,7 kW
= 214,7 kW = 214,7 kW

r
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992.
1 1 0
I x
g

-1
.
II II y. - m .i
N .
II ~
II *
x I I
ml
I
*I*
x
) -1
x
II
.
0
x
,-
c1
xx
LO (-4
Q~&
I ,
II II II
& :
II
II II II .s
:
c II II
o I
I
;

.-,
Al=

97
Table F.11 Comparison of different calculation methods (continued)

I Total \
Total Suction aide: total
Example 1 Static
(Pt, t,) Discharga side: static

Conversion of test results


to guarantee conditions

Converted volumetric M-a NGU


flow at inlet qV,f,l,Co = qV.l,Te ~ qV.t,l,Co =
NGU
qV,l,Te ~ av,,,l,co = %5728 @/s qv,t,l,co = ~V,l,Te
,NTe

.5=79X ~71JQ .58725x~47~


=5,6679x ~
2861 2881

= 9,5728 m/S = 9,5728 M/S = 9,5803 m3/s

Converted specific
polytropic compression w m,pd,i,co = Wm ~,t,Te
NGU 2

()Te

wfwdt.CO Wm.~ol,,,Te~
()
NGU

Te
2
wm,rml.CO = Wm ~,Te
NGU

() Te

wm,$ml,co = Wm ~o,,Te
N2
()
:
Te
work
2
4700 2
.23526~2
()
=23167
()2661

-23289
()
~


62617 N. m/kg = 62710 N.m/kg = 62006 Nm/kg

Gas density at inlet PI, l,Gu Pt,l,Gu Pt, 1,Gu P1,Gu


under guarantee conditions ZtiRGUTt,., Gu ~RGuT~, ,, Gu
L%,G. =
= = tlG = tlGu = ZGURGUT,~ ZGURGUTI ,G.

0,9524 x 1(F 0,8524 x IF


0,9524 x 1(F Q,851 2 x lW

1,0 x 764,9 x 303,31 1,0 x 764,9 x 303,31 1,0 x 764,9 x 303,31 1,0 x 764,9 x 303,15
= 0,4105 kg/m3 = 0,4105 kglm = 0,4105 kglm = 0,4102 kg/ins

Converted pressure
ratio
= [(%%
(:).O x = [(+)co
(;)co x (:)co= [W-)co x (;)co= x

[(%-)co
(fc. = nT~
n n

()
n n
because KGU = KT,)
() .
H () n1 CO

1
w n1 co w n1 co wmmoLCO n-l co wm,pd, CO
m,pOl.t.CO
x +1 x m.pd.t,CO x +1
+1 x- +1
ZGU%U I,GU 1 ZGURGUTI ,G. 1 ZGURGU TI,t,G. ZGURG. TI ,G.
1
0,63x62617 _+ 0,6324 X 61710 0,629 X 62006


(
1,63 x 1,0 x 764,9 x 303,31


(
g,629 x 62607
1,628 x 1,0x 764,9 x 303,31
+


( 1,6324
+
x 1,0x764,9x 303,31


( 1,629X 1,0 x764,9 X303,15
i-

~ 1,az l,a32 4 1,s29


0,63 G 0,6324 m
+1
= 1,28269
) +1
)
= 1,28266 =
+1

1,266
)
=
+1

1.2698
)

Converted internal power 3 3 3


t,l.Gu Gu 3 Pin,co = Pin,TeQ!?!! !& P,n,~. = P,n,TeQL~+!32
kt,CO = pin,Te
()
@t,l,T. NT.
Pin co = Pin T, !?!!.@ N!!!
()
@t, 1,Te Te
()
@!,l,Te NTe @l,Te () NTe

= 2117X0,4105X
470Q3
. _2117xo,4105x
47003 211,7x0~ X ~ 3
= 211,7 x0fi X 4$3 =
1,1508 ()2661 1,1508 ()
2661 1,1!M8 () 1,2499 ()
= 327,67 kW = 327,87 kW = 327,87 kW = 327,66 kW

\.,
Table F.11 Comparison of different calculation mathods (concluded)

Total
Total Suction sida: total
Exampla 1 C22 C12 Static
(Pt, t,) W,n= Wm,wtk + Diacharga side: static
( 2 )
Conversion of test results
to guarantee conditions
[continued)
Estimstad m~hanicsl 6.3 kW 6,3 kW 6,3 kW 6,3 kW
losses

Converted power at 334,17 kW 334,17 kW 334,17 kW 334,18 kW


compressor coupling

Speeific polytropic wm,r)ol,t,Gu wm,pd,


Gu= w mti,ti =
compression work at m,pd,t,G. = =

guarantee conditions n n
assuming the same
polytropic efficiency as
n1
()
n
Co
ZGURGU
Tt,l,Gu x
n-1
()
n
co
ZGRGUT1,Gx
()
n1 CO
GRGU TI.Gux
()
nl co
R%URGU tGu
x

n1
n1
()
on test n1 n1

() n n co ~zz- =12 ()n co


rr~o = rz~e A 2 co PQ?l@ P2 n c
x- 1 x -1 + x -1 x 1
[( A, 1) 1
[(;)(-) ] 2 [( pl,t,Gu ) 1 [() P1 G.
1
1629 x 784,9 x 303,15 x _18324
..-!.-- X784,9 X3O3;31X _1628
= ~ x 784,9 x 303,31 x ~ L x 784,9 x 3a3,15 x
0,629 0,8324 0,628

m -1
0,s3 0,s2s O,azz4 O.azs

-1 1+
1,s29
X (1,2784) x (1,278 4} - -1
l=ls) 1 + [
42412 28,042
x[(yl2:)==-1]
[ 1
2
= 80351 N.m/kg . 803t13N. m/kg = 5%456N.
m/kg = 59740 N.m/kg

Corrected internal power e, Co,Gu = ., CO,GU


= e, Co,Gu = e, Co,G. =
at guarantee pressure ratio
qV,t,l,Gu m,pol,t,Gu qV,t,l,G m,pd,G. qv,l ,G. m,pol,Gu
i.,CO Pin,co qV,t,l,Gu m, PoI,t,Gu
in,CO Pin,co
qV,t,l,CO m,pOl,t,CO qv,t,l,cowm,~,t,co q V,t,l ,Co m,pOl,CO q v,l,CO Wm,pol,co

327,~ 9,715 x 80351 . 327,87 9,715 x 803a3 . 327,~ 9,715 x 58456 327,88 9.72222 x 58740
9,5728 X 62617 9,5728 x 82 W7 9,5728 X 61710 9,5803X82008
= 320,4 kW = 320,5 kW = 320,58 kW = 320,6 kW

Corrected power 320,7 320,5 320,58 320,6


rit coupling ~ 6,3 EJ3_ 6,3
327,0 kW 326,8 kW 328,88 kW 326,9 kW

Corfected specific 0,00835 kWh/ms 0,008344 kWh/rrt3 0,009348 kWh/ms 0,00934 kWh/ms
power at coupling

Deviation from guarantee 0,57 % 0,51 % 0.527% 0,538%


.. .4 .L.

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Example

qv,i,~e

Al
1

= 0,39m2

cl,Te =
= 587222

5,87222
o ~
fTr3Js

= 15,05697 mls
M%2,T = A@2,Te
qln

= 0,1928x1,2925x

= 0,071
i
ZRTt,2,Te

6,75278
K

105
.-I
Pt,2,Te = P2,Te 1 + ~ Ma~2
,, T,]
NGU (
cl,@ = 15,05697
NTe = 24,5636 m/s

6,75278
qV,2,Te -- -,,W ~ = 5,0233
. 1,2925 X

= 1,2971 bar
( 1 + + X 0,0712
)

A2 = 0,1928 mz 1
Tt,2,Te = T2,Te
K1
( l Ma~T,
,)
5,021 K
= 26,04 m/s
c2rTe= 0.1928

(
1
= 332,35 x
NGU 1-0,2857 x 0,0712
CZ,GIJ= 26,04
NTe = 42,481 mls )
= 332,83 K

Mat,l,T~ =
AIP1,Te


qm

6,75278
r ZR Tt 1
-
K F.2 Example
isentropic exponent
2 Uncooled
~T~ = ~@
turbocompressor,
speed not
variable
0,39X1,0022X 105 F

= 0,04311 F.2.1 General

The test conditions under inlet conditions deviate from the


guarantee conditions. The driver has a fixed spaad so that
~t,l,Te=~l,Te(l +$Ma~l,Te)
similar flow conditions can only be approximated using
figure D.3.
. 1,0022 1 + : x 0,043112 The guarantee conditions, guaranteed performance and other
( ) design values are given in tables F.12 to F.14.
= 1,0035 bar
F.2.2 Purpose of test
1
Tt,l,Te= T1,Te The purpose of the test is to prove the guaranteed power re-
,_ K1 A,ja:Te
quirement for the guarantee point and to determine the
K pressure-volume curve at a constant spaad.

1
= 301,25 F.2.3 Design of installation
1 0,2857 x 0,43112
The installation consists of a three-stage, uncooled turbo-
= 301,41 K compraesor for air, driven by an electric motor.

Table F.12 Guarentaa conditions

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
valua
Inlet pressure(total) Pt,l, cm 0,9s37 bar

inlet temperature (total) t,l , Gu 30 Oc

Gas constant RGU 288,32 N.m/(kg. K)

Isentropic exponent 1,4 .


Gu
Compressor speed Gu 9500 rlmin

100
Is 14641:1999
1s0 5389:1992

Table F.13- Guamntaadperformance


Numerkel
Designation Symbol Unit
valua
Volumetricflow at inlet q V,t,l, Gu 9,16067 dls

I Discharge f.weesure I /+,2,r3u I 3,9031 I bar 1

I Power requirement at compressor coupling


I e, Gu 2065 kW
I
Table F.14 Other design values

Numerkal
Designation Symbol Unit
valua

Outside dwmeter of Stage 1 impeller D, 0,63 m

F.2.4 Teat set-up


The test is carried out at the compressor sits undar atmospheric condtions.

The test set-up is shown in figure F.2, and the test conditions are given in table F.15.

Pt

(ij-

*
(iJ=D=rl==l@=E
e-l
Figure F.2 - Test sat-up for example 2

101
4
-

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.2.5 Setting conditions [see 8.2.3.2) figure D.3c)] and, therefore, conversion of the test results to
guarantee conditions is still possible. In accordance with
Since the speed cannot be varied, it is impossible to maintain figure D.2, a supplementary tolerance of 1 % for the measured
preciselythe flow conditions on which the guarantee was baaed, power requirement can be used.

N In determining the setting conditions in accordance with the

()
9500
flow chart in figure D,6 the following calculation sequence is
d= ,, ~288,3 x 1,0 x 283,2 usad (the numbers given are those designating individual boxes
= 1,035
N= 95(MI in the flow chart):

-
OJ G. 2s8,3 x 1,0x 303,2 123456789 101112
132122-23-24
To determine the permissible deviations from figure D.3, it is
necessary to calculate the polytropic exponent from guarantee
A V,,~d = + 0,05 is inserted in 23 in the first instance and
conditions and guaranteed performance.
A Vr,tol = 0,05 in the next sequence to determine the upper
and lower tolerance limits. The calculation ends with 25
The deviation in the volumetric flow ratios shown in figure D.3 26 (43 44, but see the note to F.O.1) 45 46 47.
is leas than 5 Yo with the calculated ratio 1,035, a pressure ratio
(@@t,G. = 3,96, and a Poiytropic exponent n@ = 1,564. Had the test shown in 45 that the setting conditions determined
could not be maintained in the test, the compressor would have
The setting conditions are given in table F.16. had to be split up into several units and the calculations recom-
menced at 3 through 48 49.
Since a centrifugal compressor with flat characteristic is in-
volved, a maximuin deviation in the volumetric flow ratios of The deviation is within the permitted range. The test was
* 5_~0 is acceptable in the optimum efficiency range [see carried out maintaining the above test condkions.

Table F.15 Test conditions

Numerical
I Designation I Symbol
value
Unit

Isentropic exponent Te 1,4

Mean inlet temperature [total) t, t ,Te 10 Oc

Gas constant RTe 2SS,3 N.m/(kg. K)

Speed (not variable) NT. 95fll rlmin

Table F.16 Setting conditions

Numarical
Designation Symbol
value
Unit

Mechanicalefficiency Vf 0,9s5
(estimated)
Internalpower pin,@ 2.034 kW
= qfPe

Specificisentropiccompressionwork w m.s,Gu 14S 024 N.m/kg

Isentropiccompressionpower p~, Gu 1521 kW

Isentropicefficiency 0,74s
. P~
pin, Gu

Pressureratio PJ2_ 3,s3

t,l, Gu
Polytropicefficiency fPol, Gu 0,792
Polytropicexponent Gu 1,564

102
IS 14641:.1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.2.6 Test results and conversion

* SeetablesF,17to F.19.

Table F.17 Test results

Numericel velue
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3

Date of test . 1965-04-30 1965-04-30 1965-04-30


Time of teat 11,30 12,30 14,MI h

Atmospheric pressure Pa 1,0091 1,0091 1,0091 bar

Gas constant RTe 288,32 286,32 288,32 N.m/(kg. K)

Speed We 9500 9500 9m r/rein

Mass flow} qm,Te 11,5667 11,3417 10,2028 kgls

Inlet pressure pt, 1,Te 0,9864 0,9973 0,9993 bar

Inlet temperature t, 1,Te 9,8 10,0 10,3 c


Tt, 1,Te 283,0 263,2 263,5 K

Density @l,1,Te 1,221 1,221 1,223 kglms

Volumetric flow at inlet 9,47 9,289 8,342 rn3/s


qv,t,l,Te
(also usable volumetric flow at inlet)

Discharge pressure Pt,2,Te 3,7658 4,1482 4,9033 bar

) Calculated from themssflow meawred inaccordance with lSO5l67-l.

Table F.18 Celcuiation results

Numerical value
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 3

Pressureratio (P2/Pl )t,Te 3,780 + 4,907

Specificisantropiccompressionwork w rrr,s,Te 131 W5 143640 164596 N. m/kg


Isentropic con-rpreaaion power s,Te 1527 1626 1679 kW

Power at compressor coupling pe,Te 2107 2206 2234 kW

Mechanical compressor power dissipation f,Ts 31 32 32 kW

Internal power pin,Te 2076 2176 2202 kW

Internal isentropic efficiency Vs,in,Te 0,734 0,748 0,763

Internal polytropic efficiency rlpol,in,Te 0,779 - 0,792 0,608

Polytropic exponent 1578 1564 1547


nTe
Specific polytropic compression work m,poi,Te 138880 162150 174462 Nm/kg

Teble F.19 Conversion to guarantee condition (see figure D.8)

I
Numerical value
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3

Converted specific compression work w m,pol,Co 139680 162150 174462 N.m/kg

Converted pressure ratio (p2/pl )trco 3,521 3,660 4,528


Converted discharge pressure Pt,2,co 3,453 3,786 4,44 bar

Convatied volumetric flow at inlet qv,t,l,co 9,473 9,289 8,342 dls

Converted intarnal power Pin,cO 1907 1886 2 om kW

Convertad mechanical power dissipation Pf,co 31 32 32 kW

Converted power at coupling Pe,co 1836 2om 2052 kW

103
*
Is 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992 <

-
F.2.7 Test uncertainty and comparison with guarantee

The test uncertainties are calculated according to 9.2.


--- .:.:d
As can be seen in figures F.3 and F.4, the guarantees are met within the test uncertainty .(saa also 9.4). i
The test uncertainty for example 2 is shown in table F.20.

Table F.20 Resultingtest uncertainty

Designation Symbol Numericel velue Comments

Uncertainty rqm,Te 1,2 % In accordance with ISO 5167-1


in volumetric
flow at inlet N, Te 0,63 % (luality grade 0,5, final scale value 10 O@l

pl,Te 0,13 % 1 mmHg on absolute pressure

T1,Te 0,33 % 1 0 on abeolute temperature

adj 1,0 %

rtot,qv,l ~=1,~% See 9.2.5

Uncertainty Nr 1,035
in pressure
ratio ln(p2/pl) 1,33

fi,Te 0,s3 % Cluality grade 0,6; final pressure gauge


value 4 atm gauge (relative)

sdj 1,0 %

~tott~lpl ~=1187% SSS 9.26

Uncertainty C4 m Current transformer 0,5; voltage


in power transformer 0,5; wattmeter 0,2 (estimated)
at coupling
~Pe 0,75%

~Pf 10 %

sdj 1,0%

rtot,Pe ~=w% S* table 9

104
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

2200

1000
5,0

9v,t,l,co m3/s
o Teat X Guarantea

Figure F.3 Graphs for comparison with guarentae


IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

L Guarantaa pointa

5,0

4,5

4,0

3,5

3/1
8 9 10
~~t,l,co m3/s

,
A~ 200
.

,
A~qoo

2000

1900

1800

1700
8 9 10

9v,t,l,co

Figurs F.4 - Grephs for comparison with guarentee


Is 14841:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.3 Example 3 Uncooled turbocompressor, F.3.2 Purpose of tests


isentropic exponent KT~ # KGU, speed not
The purpose of the tests is to prove the guaranteed power
variable
requirement for two guarantee points and to determine the
pressure-volume curve at constant speed.
t F.3.1 General

No similar flow conditions can be set in accordance with the


similarity considerations given in 8.2.3.2. Approximation sol-
utions are sought on the basis of figure D.4. F.3.3 Design of installation

The guarantee conditions, guaranteed performance and other The installation consists of a two-stage, uncooled turbo-
design values are given in tables F.21 to F.23. compressor for ethylene, driven by an electric motor.

Table F.21 Guarantee conditions

Numericel
Designation Symbol Unit
velue

Inlet pressure Pt,l, G(J 0,9s0 bar

Inlet temperature t,l, Gu 32 Qc

Gas constant RGU 296,G5 N.m/(kg. K)

Isenttopic exponent Gu 1,25

Compressor speed NGU 12700 rlmin

Table F.Z Guaranteed performance

Numerioal velue
Guarantee Guarantee
Designation Symbol Unit
point point
la} (b)

Volumetric flow at inlet ~V,t,l,Gu 15 CKX) 12 WI rnslh

Discherge pressure Pt,2, GU 1,766 1,S63 bar

Power requirement st compressor Ps, Gu 335 310 kW


coupling

Tebie F.23 Other design values

Numerioal
Designation Symbol unit
I value

Outsidediameterof Stage1 impeller DI 0,4 m


1 I I

107
f,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.3.4 Test set-up

Since it is not possible to carry out the acceptance test using ethylene, e teat is carried out on ~te using air.

The test eat-up is illustrated in figure F.5, and the teat conditions ara given in table F.24. The power at tha coupling is determined by
the motor rating and transmission losses.

Gear

1
o tz,oil

t-o
9

Figure F.5 Test set-up for example 3

Teble F.24 Test conditions

Numarioal
Designation Symbol Unit
valua

Isentropic exponent (air) KTe 1,4

Mesn%ilat temperature t~,l


,Ts 5 Oc

Gasconstant RTS 2s7,3 N. m/(kg. K)

108
* -L_
..
4,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992 .,,

.;
F.3.5 Setting conditions (see8.2.3.3) It is expedient to draw an auxiliary diagram (see figures F.6 and
F.7) for each of the two guarantee pointa from fiiures D.4j),
The speed cannot be varied. D.4m) and D.4q) for better interpolation. Using theaa
? diagrams, it was found that a teat could be carriid out on the .,... ..l

~
Because the speed cannot be varied, it is impossible to present compressor for conversion within the outer tolerance
maintain the flow ratios presupposed on giving the guarantee. limits 0,85 c V,< 1,05, in the case of guarantee point (a)
qKt,l,Gu = 15 ~ nWh) with

()
N 12700

m
()
i=xf
N
-re

G
~287,3

J296,65
X 1,0 X 278,2
12700

x 1,0 x 305,2
1,064
,m<
,
()-T,
N

N
< 1,175

In order to determine whether the calculated ratio is within the () - G.


permitted range (see 8.2.3.2), the polytropic exponenta are
required. The internal isentropic efficiency q~ required to and in the case of guamntee point (b) (qv,t,l,GU = 12500 m3/h)
determine qPOl,GU is determined here from the iaentropic com- with
pression power formed by the guarantee values and from the
guaranteed power at the coupling assuming a mechanical ef-

()m,.
N
ficiency qf = 0,88.
,W<

< 1,180
According to figures D.4g) and D.4k), the deviation in the lN\
volumetric flow ratio is so high that it is impossible to conduct
the test within the inner tolerance limits (0,99 to 1,01).

Consequently, a check must be made to find out whether the The value determined at 1,(M4 in the above example for the two
test is possible within the outer tolerance limits (0,95 to 1,05) guarantee pointa is within these limits.
whwh can be used in the case of the anticipated flat
characteristic of a centrifugal compressor in the range of the
guarantee points (see figure D.2). The setting conditions are given in table F.25.

Table F.25 Setting conditions

Numerical vehe
Guerentee Guersntee
Designation Symbol Unit
point point
(a) (b)

Specific isentropic compression work Wm,@u 56 6 N.m/kg

Density L?t,l, Gu 1,m 1,063 kg/rrr3

Isentropic compression power Ps,@ 255 233 kW


Powerat the compressorcoupling Pe,Gu(qf= O,*) 335 310 kW
Isentropicefficiency 7s,in,Gu 0,777 0,767
Polytropicefficiency ?pol,in,
Gu 0,766 0,7s1 5
Specificpolytropiccompressionwork Wm,pOl,Gu 57448 63214 N.m/kg
Converted guaranteed polytropic nGu 1,34 1,344
exponent

Polytropic exponent calculated using nTe) 1,567 1,567


nWl,in,Gu in the test
I
) Since there ere no other details available than thm 9iven in the 9uarantee, nls is formed u~r?9
npoI,in,Gu.
I
1
.

109
, ,<

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

1,3 ;uarantaapoint(a)

/
} = 1,801
1
1,2 L

A
1,175

1,1

1,033

1,0

1,567
0,9 .
1,6 1,8

Te

Figura F,6 Graph for comparison with guarantaa

110
f,
-

Is 14641:1999 ,
1s0 5389:1992

. ...

1,3
harantaa point (b)
),95<ltf<l,05 = 1,344
~Gu
/

1,180

1#1

1,043

1,0

1,576

1,7 1,8
~ Te

Figure F.7 - Gmphfor comparisonwith guamntoo

111
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

In determining theeetting conditions in accordance with the Had the calculated pressura ratio (P~~l)E, been within the
flow chart in fiiure D.6, the following calculation sequence is range of the compression sequence, the extreme value of the
used (the numbers given are those designating individual boxes daviation A V,,fi could have been determined by 31 and the limit c,
in the flow chart): Vr,2would have had to be adapted by 32 37 in such a way that
at no point of the compression process A Vr,X> A Vr,tO1.
123456789 101112
132122-28-29 The test was carried out maintaining the above test conditions.
A V, ~d = + 0,05 or A Vr,t~ = OJ05 is inserted into 28 to
determine the upper and lower tolerance limits. In the present
instance, the pressure ratio (p#pl)EX determined in 29 at which
F.3.6 Teat results and conversion
the maximum deviation A Vr,& = A Vr,td occurs is outside the
range 1 to (~z/@@.
Seetables F.26 to F.28.
Consequently, the formula sequance continues through 30
38-24 -25- 26-(43 -44, butseethe noteto F.O.l) It was established after the tests that all 3 test points are within
45-48-47. the extreme tolerance limits to figure D.R.

Table F.26 Test results

Numerical valua
Designation Symbol Unit
Taat No. 1 Teat No. 2 Test No. 3

Date of test 1965-03-12 1865-03-12 1965-03-12

Time of test 16,30 18,45 19,00 h

Atmospheric pressure Ps 1,0051 l,m 1,005 bar

Gas constant RTe 267,33 287,33 287,33 N.m/(kg. K)

Compressor speed NTe 12700 12700 12700 rlmin

Mass flow , (also usable mass flow) qm,Te 19865 17304 147m kglh

Inlet pressure pt, 1,Te 0,8854 0,9873 0,8883 bar

Inlet temperature t, 1,Te 4,7 5,1 5,3 c


Tt, 1,Te 277,9 278,3 278,5 K

Density Qt,l ,Te 1,2466 1,2472 1,2488 kgIms

Volumetric flow at inlet qV,t,l,Te 16032 13874 11787 dls


(also usable volumetric flow at inlet)

Diecharge pressure pt,2,Ta 1,657 1,974 2,041 bar

) In accordance with ISO 5167-1.

Table F.27 Calculation results

Numarical value
Designation Symbol Unit
Teat No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3

Pressure ratio (P21pl)t 1,866 1,978 2,042

Specific compression work m,s,Te !54524 602&9 66373 N.m/kg

Isentropic compression power s,Ts 3412,5 2&,8 258,1 kW

Power at compressor coupling s,Te 421,8 365,5 346,5 kW

Mechanical compressor power dissipation Pf,Te 8 8 8 kW

Internal power in,Te 413,8 377,5 340,5 kW

Internal ieentropic efficiency ?$,in,Ta 0,731 0,766 0,761

Internal polytropic efficiency rlpol,in,Te 0,754 0,788 0,784

Polytropic axponent nTe 1,611 1,566 1,573

Specific polytropic compression work rn,pol,Te 56185 61832 65246 N.m/kg

112
~.,

IS 14641:1999 ~~ J
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.28 Conversion to guarantee conditions (sea figure D.8)

Numerical value
Designation Symbol Unit
last No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3

Converted specific polytropic compression w m,pol,co 58195 61932 65246 N.m/kg


work

nco 1,381 1,340 1,342


Converted polytropic exponent

(P2/pl )t,co 1,777 1,679 1,837


Converted prassure ratio
16032 13874 11787 m3/~
Converted inlet volume qV,t,l,Co = qV,t,l,Te
Converted internal power requirement Pi, co 358,6 327,9 295,3 kW

Converted mechanical power dissipation Pf, co 8 8 8 kW

Converted power at coupling e, Co 387,6 335,9 303,3 kW

F.3.7 Test uncertainty and comparison with results are read from the curves plotted in figure F.8 and
guarantee defined by the three test points, at the guaranteed inlet
volume flow qy,t,l,Gu = 15000 m3/h, i.e.
The test uncertainties are calculated in accordance with 9.2.
w~,pol,co = 58470 N. m/kg
The compressor in question having a flat performance curve,
the comparison will be made at the guaranteed inlet volume. P,, CO= 353,2 kW

For this purpose the converted test results, i.e. specific the power at coupling reduced to guarantee con-
ditions is
polytropic compression work, pressure ratio, internal polytropic
efficiency and power input at coupling, are plotted veraus the
converted usable inlet volume (see figure F.8). Taking into ac-
wm,Pol,Gu
count the total resulting inaccuracies, the conclusions are as
Pe, co, Gu = e, Co x w
m,pol,Co
follows (see figure F.9).
57448
= 353,2 X ~ = 341,2kW
Guarantee point (b), q v,t,l,@ = 12500 mVh: the re-
quirements of the guarantee are met for both pressure ratio
and power consumption. and the guarantee value is 335 kW.

Guarantee point (a), q ~,t,l,@ = 15000 ins/h: the The converted power is thus slightly in excess, even if
pressure ratio is higher than guaranteed, and accordingly, the resulting total test uncertainty is taken into account.
so is the power input. For better comparison it is necessary
to apply the procedure outlined in 9.4. The converted test The teat uncertainty for example 3 is shown in table F.29.

113
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

380

320

300

II

G
.-c-

2,0
3

(:)
1,8 *#
b

\
(a) 1

1,6

3
m
I

(b)
-
)( 1
(a) k

\
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
,103 m3/ h
qK+J,cO
O Guarantaapoint ~ Teat point

Figurs F.8 Graphs for comparison with guarsntaa


IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

21

2,0
L Guarantee points

-
I
1,9

s.
-+
~ 1,8

1,7

1,6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
~K+),Co ,103
m3/h
400

380

360

3
x
.
2. 340
Q,,

320

300

280
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1

~t~,co @m3/h

Figure F.9 Graphs for comparison with guarantae


115
IS 14641:1999
*
ISO 5389:1992

Tabla F.29 Resulting test uncefiainty

Designation I Svmbol I Numerical value I Commants

Uncertainty r qm,Te 1,0 % In accordance with ISO 5167-1


in volumetric
flow at inlet N, Te 0,06Y. Digital measuring instrument
1 rev on indicator

0,13 % 1 mmHg on absolute pressure See 5.9


pl,Te

T1,Te 0,36 % 1 0 on absolute temperature }


adj 0,9 Q/o

rtot,q y, 1 ~=1~% see 925

Uncertainty N, 1,064
in pressure
ratio ln(p2/pl ) 0,623

p2,Te 0,16 % 1 mmHg on absolute pressure (see 5.9)

ad; 0,9 %

rtot,p2/pl ~=o,~~ sea 926

Uncertainty C3 2,191
n power
jt coupling [4 351,5

7P= 0,75 % Current transformer 0,5; voltage


transformer 0,5; wattmeter 0,2 [estimated)

TPf 10 %

adj 0,9 %

rtOt, Pe ~=~zo% see 927 and table 9

116
IS 14641:1999
.
ISO 5389:1992

F.4 Example 4 Cooled turbocompressor, F.4.2 Purpose of tests


isentropic exponent ~T~ = ~@, variable speed
and temperature ratios Thepurpose of the teats is to prove the guaranteed power
requirement for the guarantee point.

F.4.1 General

The speed and temperature ratios can be varied so that similar F.4.3 Design of installation
flow conditions can be used.
The installation consists of a five-stage turbocompressor of
The guarantee conditions, guaranteed performance and other centrifugal design for air with intermediate cooling after each
design values are given in tables F.30 to F.32. stage, driven by steam turbine.

Table F.W Guarantee conditions

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Pressure pt,l, G 0,9635 bar

Temperature t, 1,Gu 25,31 Oc

Relative humidity qG 70 %

Gas constant Gu 269,5 N.m/(kg. K)

Isentropic exponent I Gu \ 1,4 1-

Volumetric tlow of cooling water m3/h


qV,W,Gu
I Im I
Inlet temperature of cooling water I hvIG,,I 27 I C

Table F.31 Guaranteed performance

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Volumetric flow at inlat 114626 m3/h


qV,t,l, Gu
-
Discharge pressure 6,5321 bar I
Specific power requirement at compressor coupling

(-)
Ps

qV,t,l Gu
0,071 a

--J kWh/rn3

Table F.32 Other design values

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Speed (Not a guarantee condition for variable-speed NGU 4650 rl min


driver 10

Outside diameter of Stage 1 impeller DI 1,12 m


Inlet temperature of air ahead of

Stage II ft,l,ll,Gu 40 Oc
Stage Ill tt,l,lll,Gu 42 Oc
Stage IV ttrl,ll/,Gu 45 Oc
Stage V ft,l,v,Gu 46 Oc
1) The subscript Gu designatea the design apeed.

117
,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.4.4 Test set-up To guarantee similar flow conditions, i.e.

N
The compressor is subjected to trials on the test bed, driven by
avariable-speed electric motor. Since therating of thetest bed . ...
() G,e=l
motor is insufficient for operation at atmospheric intake
N
pressure, the compressor shall be run at diminished intake
pressure. Running in this way, itisnot possible to judge the
() m G.
intercoolers as a reduced flow of cooling water must be ad-
mitted because of the reduction in the pressure level. the teat shall be conducted at a speed reduced in the proportion

The test set-up is illustrated


ditions are given in table F.33.
in figure F.1O, and the test con- Te
=
NGU r 288,3 x 286,23 .0
269,5 x 298,46
~1
1

The result is NTe = 4560 rl min.

In determining the setting conditions in accordance with the


flow chart in figure D.6, the following calculation sequence is
used (the numbers given are those designating individual boxes
F.4.5 Setting conditions (see 8.2.4) in the flow chart):

By means of the flow of cooling water, the inlet temperatures 1234539-40-41-42 (43-44, but
of the air into the individual stages (see table F.34) can be set see the note to F.O.1) 45
so that the temperature relationships
Since the speeds and the inlet temperatures for the stages are
variable, the compressor can fulfil the setting conditions as a
Tf,l,j/Tt,l,l unit. Accordingly, the calculation ends with 46 47.

wherej = 11,Ill, IV, V, agree with the design value. The test was carried out maintaining the above test conditions.

Table F.33 Test conditions

Numerical
Designation Symbol , Unit
Im valua

Inlet pressure Pt,l,Te 0,2409 bar


I
Inlettemperature t, 1,Te 15,08 Oc
I I I
Humidity of air ! 9Te \ 70 ]%

Gae constant

Inlet temperature of cooling water I


I
RTe

fwlTe
I
]
288,3
24,8
I
I C
N.m/(kg. K)

Table F.34 Inlet air temperatures at differant stages


Valuesin degreeaCelsiue
Vslua to ba set
Designation Design valua during tests
15
4,1,1
tt,l,ll 40 30

tt,l, ill 42 32

ft,l,lv 45 34

ft,l,v 48 37

118
1S 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992
I
y9{:]
+J.95
QN-
4 .
+!2 I
-9Q~,
E
. J
I
I
i . .
~
QN-
.
Ii
I
I
i
l-+ r
>
f w=
=+-

7.
o
:
<--

~
0
r+ :-
-&
0
119
4,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.-
~
F.4.6 Test results and conversion
%..
See tables F.35 to F.37. . .

{
Table F.% Test results

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Test number 1

Date of test 1965-04-26

Atmospheric pressure Ps 1,010 bar

Gas constant RTe 2s6,3 Nm/(kg. K)

Speed NTe 4560 rlmin

Mass flow) qv7,Te 33114 kglh

Inlet pressure Pt,l,Te 0,2409 bar

Inlet temperature t,l,Te 15,0s Oc

t,l,Te 266,23 K

Density @t,l,Te 0,2699 kgIms

Volumetric flow at inlet 114226 m3/h


qL,t,l,Te
(also usable volumetric flow at inlet)

Discharge pressure pt,2,Te 1,6055 bar

) Calculated from the mass flow measured in accordance with ISO 5167-1.

120
.
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.36 Calculation rasults

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Pressure ratio (P2/Pl)t,Te 6,6646


Specific isothermal compression work m, T,t,Te 157618 N.m/kg

Power absorbed by the gas (compression sections I -V)

mass flow qrr],Te 33114 kglh

discharge temperature tt,2,Te 76,62 Oc


inlet temperature t~,l, Te 15,08 Oc

temperature difference Att,Te 61,54 c


power calculated with Cp = 1,0048 kJ/(kg. K) in,t,l,Te 568,8 kW

Power absorbed by cooling water ( = power absorbed by


the gas in sections 11,Ill, IV)

flow of cooling water q V,W,Te 166,7 m3/h

outlet temperature of cooling water t!#/,28Te 31,04 Oc


inlet temperature of cooling water h#/,l,Te 24,80 Oc
temperature difference A@,Te 6,24 Oc
power calculated with Cpw = 4,187 kJ/(kg. K) in,Te 1354,7 kW

Power absorbed by the bearing lubricating oil

journal bearing: volumetric flow of oil qV, oil,Te 2,75 m3/h

inlet temperature of oil ~1,oil,Te 38,61 Oc


outlet temperature of oil f2,0il,Te 46,86 Oc
temperature difference Atoil,Te 7,25 Oc
mean specific heat cpM,oil,Te 1,9693 kJ/(kg. K)

density @l,oil,Te 0,866x 103 kglms

power p f,Te 9,4 kW

thrust bearing: volumetric flow of oil 5,62 m3/ h


qV,oil,Te

inlet temperature of oil fl,oil,Te 39,19 c


outlet temperature of oil t2,dl,Te 50,07 c
temperature difference A1oil,Te 10,66 Oc
mean specific heat cpM,oil,Te 1,978 kJ(/kg. K)

density @l,oI,Te 0,866 x 103 kglms

power f,Te 29,0 kW

total mechanical power dissipation f ,Te 36,4 kW

ower requirement

isothermal compression power PT,Te 1449,8 kW

internal power in,t,Ts 1923,5 kW

mechanical compressor power dissipation f,Ta 38,4 kW

power at coupling e,t,Te 1961,9 kW

isothermal coupling efficiency riT,t,e,Te 73,9 %

121
f
...

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.37 Conversion to guarantee conditions (see 8.2.4.1)

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Test speed N~e 4560 rlmin

Design speed NGU 4650 rl min

116,480 m3/h
Converted volumetric flow at inlet qv,t,l,co

Converted isothermal delivery head rn,T,t, Co 163,901 N.m/kg

Converted pressure ratio (f@pl)~,co 6,6663

Converted internal power Pin,t,cO 8006,8 kW

Convertad mechanical power dissipation Pf,co 38,6 kW

Converted power at coupling e, t,Co 8048,4 kW

F.4.7 Test uncertainty and comparison with guarantee

The teat uncertainties are calculated in accordance with 9.2.

The converted inlet volume is slightly higher than guaranteed (see table F.38), even when taking into account the test uncertainties.

The converted specific power consumption is lower than guaranteed by about 2,96 % (see table F.38).

The guarantee can be considered to be fulfilled.

NOTE When calculating the power absorbed by the gas in compressor sections I and V, the leakage losseswere neglected. As the power consump-
tion is well below the guarantee figure, MS simplification is justified.

The test uncertainty for example 4 is shown in table F.38.

Table F.38 Comparison with the guarantee (see 9.4)

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value 1

Guaranteed pressure ratio (P2/Pl)t,@ 6,6408

Isothermal delivery head at (p2/Pl)t,@ m,T,Gu 163,583 N.mlkg

arn T Gu 0,9861
Conversion factor
nr,T,Co

Internal power absorption related to (P2/pl)t,Gu in, Co 7883,3 kW

Power at coupling e, Co 8032,9 kW

Specific powerat couplingrelatedto {pz/pI)t,@ - e Co 0,06686 kWh / ms


~v,t,l,co

Pe Gu
Guaranteed specific power at coupling -. 0,07106 kWh/ms
4v,t,l,Gu

Deviation from guarantee value of specific power 2,86 %


at coupling

122
#,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.....

Table F.39 Resulting test uncertainty

Numerical
Designation Symbol Comments
value

Uncertainty in a,ntTe 1,0% In accordance with ISO 5167-1


volumetric flow at inlet
N, Te 0,22 % Quality class 0,2; final scale
value 5 COO
See 5.9
p,, Te 0,56 % 1 mmHg on absolute pressure

Tl, Te 0,35 % 1 0 on absolute temperature 1

rss,q~,l 1,22 % See 9.2.5

Uncertainty N, 1,0
in pressure ratio
ln(p2/pl ) 1,e90

p2, Te 0,6490 I Quality class 0,6; final value 10 atm gauge

res, p~lpl 1,555 % See 9.2.6

Uncertainty rPin 1,5 % Energy balance estimated


n power at coupling
7Pf 10 % Estimated

r T, ,j 0,33% 10 on absolute temperature (see 5.9)

res, Pe 1,55 % See 9.2.7 and table 9

F.4.8 Comparison of different calculation methods

A comparison of different calculation methods is given in table F.40.

123
Table F.40 Comparison of different calculation methods

Total

(
Total Suction side: total
Example 4 ~22 - ~12
Static
(p,, t,) Wm = Wm,tatic+ Discharga sida: static
2 )
Guaranteeconditions
Inlet pressure P~,l,G. = 0,= 5 bar P~,I,G. = 0,9635 bar pt,l,Gu = 0?= 5 bar P1,Gu = Wfm bar

Inlet temperature tt,l,GU = 25,31 C f~,l,G = 25,31 C /t,l,G = 25,31 C tl,Gu = 25 C

Relativehumidity @@ = 70 %

Gasconstant RGU= 269,5 Nm3/(kg oK)

Iaentropicexponent KGU = 1,4

Volumetricflow of cooling qV,w,Gu = 600 m3/h


water

Inlettemperatureof tiling tw,l,Gu = 27 C


watar

Objectof the guarantee


Volumetricflow at inlet qv,~,l,G. = 114626 m3/h qV,t,l,Gu = 114 ~ m3/h qv,t,l,@ = 114 ~ m3/h qv,,,Gu = 115 ~ m3/h

Dischargepressure Pt,Z,@ = 6,5312 bar PZ,G. = 6,472 bar p2,G = 6,472 bar P2,G. = 6.472 ber

()
Specific pOwar

() ()
Pe Pe P, Pe
requirement at compressor = 0,07106 kWh/m3 = 0,07106 KWh/m3 .
-0,07106 KWh/ti = 0,07096 kWh/ms
coupling 9V,[,1 Gu qv,t,l G. ql,t,l GU qv,l G.
()
Speed (design) NGU = 4650 rlmin

Outaide diameter D, = l,12m


of Ist impeller

Density at inlet 0,9635 x IF 0,9635 x lti 1,1363 kg/m3 P1,Gu 0,961x 105
269,5 x 296,46 269,5 x 296,46 lG = ZXR X T = 269,5x296,15

1,1363 kg/m3 = 1,1363 kg/m3 = 1,1363 kg/m3

Inlet temperature of air


ahead of

Stage II t,l,ll,Gu = @ c

Staga Ill t,l.lll,Gu = 42 c

Staga IV t,l,lV,Gu = 45 c

Stega V rt,l,v,G = 46 c

i%
,.
Table F.40 Compefisonof different calculationmethods[cof?finuad

Total
Suction side: totel

(
Total =22 - Clz
Example 4 Static
(Pt, It) m = m, stetk+ Discharge side: stetic
2 )

Test setting
NTe = 4580 r/rein NT, = 4 5@ r/rein N~e = NGU _Te Tt Te
i G. LG.

44===
= 4580 r/rein
.4850

= 4580 r/rein
283,3X237,95
i 2s8,5 x 298,15

Test rasdte

Test number 1

Date of test 1975-04-28

Atmospheric pfaSSUm pa = 1,010 bar

Gas constant R~e = 28S,3 N. m/(kg. K)

speed N~O= 45W r/rein

Maea flow q~,T. = 33114 kg/h

Inlst praeeura pt,l,T~ = 0,2409 bar ~,,T~ = 0,2403 bar Pt,l,Te = 02@ 9 br P1,T. = or2a 3 Mr

15,0s Oc I,,Te
= 14,0s =C
tt,l.Te = 15,08c
Inlet temperature tcl,~a= 14,8C rt,l,Te =

Density at inlet Pt.l#Te pl,Te


QI,I,T. = t?~l,T.= o,m 9 kgl+ b?l,le=
RTeTt,l,Te ZRTCTl,Te

= O,24O9X1O5 = 0,2403 x 1(P


288,3 x m8,23 288,3 x 287,85

= 0,2888 kg/m2 = 0,2885 kg/rr@

q~ T. *
Volumamc flow at inlet ?V,t,l,Te = 114 ~ ~lh Vv,t,t,To =- qV,t,l.Te = l14228m31h qV,l,Te =
@t,l,Te Ql,T@

_ 33,114 _ 33,114
0,2889 0,2885

= l14228rn21h = l14383rn21n

Discharge pressure 7t,2,Te= 1,8055 bar ~Te = 1,581 b p2,Te = 1,581 bar ~,T, = bar
1,581

,
If
Table F.40 Comparison of differant calculation metnoas [cmrrmuedl

Total
Suction aide: total

(
Example 4 Total ~22 - ~,z Static
(P,, f,) Wm = Wm t,t~ + Discharge side: static
2 )
Test calculation

Pressure ratio ~t,2,Te = 1,605-5 ~2,Te _ 1,581 P2,T. = 1,581 Pa . 1,581


pt, 1.Te 0,2409 Pl,Te 0,2403 pt,l,T, 0,2409 Pl,Te 0,2403

= 6,64346 = 6.6209 = 6,6044 = 6,6209

wm,T,Te

() () ()
Specific isothermal = P2,Te P2,Te
wm,T,Te= Te~t,l,Te In %,2,Te
wm,T,Te = T. ~t,l,Te In wm.T,Te = RTe~l,Te In
compression work
Pt,l,Te P2,Te
Pl,l,Te pI ,Te
= f?Te~l,Te In +!?y
P1 ,Te
()

= 288,3 x 286,23 x In 6,6646 = 266,3 x 287,85 x 95 x In 6,6209+ = 266,3 x 266,23 x In6,W44 = 266,3 x 287,95 x 95 x ln6,6209

+ 44,772 21,182
2

= 157618 N.m/kg = 157687 N.m/kg = 156665 N.m/kg = 156919 N.m/kg

a) Power abaorbed by gas

Discharge tampersture t,,2,Te


= 76,62 ftr2,T8= 76,62 tt,2,Te = 752 f2,Te = 75,2
total

Temperature difference A/ = 61,54K At = 61,54K AI = 61,54K AI = 61,54K

Powercalculatedwith Pin,Te = 566,8 kW Pin,T, = 566,8 kW Pin ~e = 566,8 kW Pin T= = 566,8 kW


CP= 1,0048 kJ/(kg. K)

b) Power absorbed by Pin ~e = 1354,7


kW Pin,Te = 1354,7
kW Pin T, = 1354,7
kW Pin T, = 1354,7
kW
cooling water

c) Power absorbed by the ff,~e = 36,4 kW Pf,Te = 36,4 kW Pf,Te = 36,4 kw Pf,T, = 36,4 kW
bearing oil

Internal power Pin,Te= 1823,5


kW Pin T, = 1923,5
kW Pin Te = 1923,5
kW P m,Te = 1923,5 kW

Power at coupling Pe,Te= 1861,9


kW P e,Te = 1 861,9kW fe,~e = 1861,9
kW P~,T~ = 1861,9
kW

Isothermal compression PT,Te= 1448,8


kW PT,Te = 1450,5
kW PT,T~ = 1442,9 kW PT,T, = 1443,4
kW
power

Isothermal coupling rlT,e,Te = 73,90 % 73,55 %


h~,e\T. = 73,93 % VT,e.Te = rlT,e,Te = 73$57 %
efficiency
.
___
IS 14641:1999 .. 4
ISO 5389:1992
x
Lclm
m
x
II
II II II
II
8. II
&
m
.-c
E
2
g
v
II
.
2
x z
j
II
127
Table F.40 Comparisonof different catcukstion methods (carchdad)

Total
Suction side: total

(
Example 4 Total ~22 - ~t2
(Pt, l,) m = tn, stalk + Discharge side: static
2 )

Comparison with the


guarantee (corrtirrtred)
Isothermal specific
compression work
at {fi/PI )@
m.T,t,Gu = /?QTtl,@ Irr =
() Pt,l &l
wm,T,t@ = )?@ T,,@ In
()
P2
I% Gu
+
()
wm,T,t,& = R@ Tt.l,@ In @-
Pt,l m
m,T.G. = %J~I,G.
()
P2
In
P1 G.

= 268,5x 286,46x In6,6408 = 268,5 x 296,15 x In 6,5873 + = 268,5 x 286,46 x In 6,5606 = 268,5x 286,16 x In 6,5873

+ 45,f@ -21,612
2

= 163563 N.m/kg = 163664 N.m/kg = 162786 Nm/kg = 162646 N.m/kg

Internal power related Prn,ti = 7883,3 kW Pin,co = 7882,8 kW Pin,co = 7882,9 kW Ph,ti = 78W kW
to (@P, )Gu

Power at coupling Pe4C0= 8032,9 kW P,,cO = 8032,4 kW Pe,co = 8032,5 kW Pe,c- = 8028,6 kW

P, ~
Specific power -.e Co -80329 -.e Co -80329 - e Co .- 80325 - .- 80329
at coupling refated ~v,t,l,co l164&) qv.t,l,co 1164W qv,t,l,co 116460 qv,?rco l16&10
to (@PI )(j.
= 0,06686 kWh/rn3 = 0,06696 kWh/d = 0,06686 kWh/ma = 0,08664 kWh/rrP

Deviation from guarantee 2,86 % 2,%3 % -2,96 % 2,88 %


IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Example 4

A1=l,5xl=l,5m2

0,4064XX
A2= h = 0,1297m2

qV,l,Te = 31,76 713/S

qV,l,Te 31,78
C,,J= = = = 21,19 m/s G(J
Al 1,5 C1,GU= 21,19 = 21,19 X ~ = 21,61 m/s
Te

qV,2,Te = 5,8062 T13/S

5,6062
C2,T, = qV,2,Te _ = 44,77 mls Gu ~nxj650
A2 0,1297 CZ,GU= 44,77 = = 45,65 mls
NTe 4560

9,,7,GU ZRTt,l,Gu 35,76


Mat, ,,Gu =
A lP1,Gu i K = 105 x 1,5 x 0,961 x m=o

9,1963 x 1,0X286,3X266,15
Mat,, ,~, = = 0,0579
105 x 1,5 x 0,2403 v 1,4

qrn,Gu RTt,2,Gu = 35,76 269,5 X 348,35


at,2,G. = = 0,11434
A 1P2,Gu i K 6,472 X 105 X 0,1297 x i 1,4

Afat,2,Te = Afll
YF=
qm Te
Te
13
105 x 0,1297 x 1,591 Xi-=orll,h

ITe=plTet+$Ma
lTe)=02m3b+~x0
t&79)=082abar
Pt2G.=Pz,Gu~+~Ma~z,G)=6472~+~x0,f1432)=6,~12bar

pt,2,Te=p2,Te(l +:Ma:2,Te)=,,~l~ +~X0,f1412)=l,w~ '~'

t,l,Gu = TI,GU
( l- ;1M&Gu)==15x( y~x0,0&j32)=2%8&K= 25310c
?, 1,4

t,l,Te = Tl,Te
( l ~lMa~,,~=~%x (1-~x0,05792)=maK= 15@0c
,,

t,2,Te = T2,Te
K;lMa:2Tj=w%x(1 I,4_;xo,11942)= w~K=76Q0c
( l
,, 1,4

129-
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.5 Example5 Cooled turbocompressor, F.5.2 Purpose of tests


isentropic exponent ~7. = ~@ speed not
variable, temperature ratio of cooled section The purpose of the tests is to prove the guaranteed power
requirement for three guarantee points at constant discharge
variable
pressure.

F.5.1 General

The speed cannot be varied and the temperatures in the cooled


section are set by means of the flow of cooling water.
F.5.3 Design of installation
The conversion of uncooled and cooled sections of the com-
pressor is carried out separately.
The installation comprises a four-stage turbocompressor for air
The guarantee conditions, guaranteed performance and other with three intercoolers, inlet guide vanes to Stage 1, driven by
desig~ values are given in t~bles F.41 to F.43. electric motor and gear unit.

Table F.41 Guarantee conditions

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Inlet pressure Pt, 1,Gu 0,9607 bar

Inlet temperature t,l, Gu 20 Oc

Relative humidity @lrG 70 %

Gas constant Gu 266,90 Nm/(kg. K)

Isentropic exponent GU 1,4

Overall flow of cooling water 0,056944 m3/s


q V,W,Gu
Inlet temperature of cooling water fw,l,Gu 27 c

Motor speed Npr, Gu 1490 rfmin

Table F.42 Guaranteed performance

Numerical value
Guarantea Gusrantaa Guarantee
Designation Symbol Unit
point point point
(a) (b) (c)

Volumetric flow at inlet qV,t,l, Gu 7,20633 5,76369 4,66056 m3/s

Discharge pressure Pt,2, GLI 6,S649 6,S649 6,6649 bar


Power requirement at coupling e, G. 1970 1610 1390 kW

Discharge pressure, Stage I Pt,2,1,G 1,700 1,535 1,425 bar


Dk.charge temperature, Stage I t,2, 1,Gu 356 351,2 3W,5 K

Table F.43 Other design valuas

Numerical
Daaignation Symbol Unit
valua

Inlet temperature
Stage II T1,II,GU 310,2 K

Stage Ill l, III,Gu 310,2 K

Stage IV Tl,lv, @ 310,2 K

130
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

.:
F.5.4 Test set-up Unit I: Stage I (without intercooling)

The teat is carried out at the compressor site under atmospheric Unit Ilc: Stages II to IV (with intercooling) .J
conditions. In this test, it is not possible to judge the inter-
coolers since a flow of cooling water differing from that of the The additional calculation sequence for Unit1is as follows:

guarantee is admitted because of the deviation in cooling water


inlet temperatures. 345678910-11- 121321
The teat set-up is shown in figure F.11, and the test conditions 22 23 24 25 26 (43 44, but see the note to
are given in table F.44. F.O.1) 45 46

The values A V,,td = + 0,05 or A Vr,td = 0,05 are inserted


F.5.5 Setting conditions in 23.
Since the speed is not variable, the compressor is run so that
the air temperatures in the cooled section Ilc are set to corre- The setting conditions for Unit I were maintained in the test and
spond to the design value. the calculation for Unit I ends with 46.

In determining the setting conditions in accordance with the The additional calculation sequence for Unit Ilc is as follows:
flow chart in figure D.6 the following calculation sequence is
used (the numbers given are those designating individual boxes 34538-40-41-42-(43 44, butseethe
in the flow chart): note to F.O.1) 45
1234539-40-41-42 (43-44, but
Since the inlet temperature for the stages in Unit Ilc can be
see the note to F.O.1) 45
varied through the intercoolers, it is possible to maintain the
Since it is not possibleto set the speed or the inlettemperature for setting conditions for Unit Ilc. The calculation ends with
Stage 1,the compressorhasto be dividedinto two units: 48 49. 46-i7. -

Tabla F.44 Test conditions

Numerical
Designation Symbol Unit
value

Ieentropic exponent KTe 1,4

Inlet temperature t,l,Te 13 Oc

Mean inlet pressure Pt,l,Te 0,8807 bar

Cooling water temperature tw,l,Te 19 Oc

Gae constant RTS 287,63 Nm/(kgK)

F.5.6 Test results and conversion

Seetables F.45 to F.47.

Table F.45 Tast results

Numerical velue
Designation Symbol Unit
Teet No. 1 Teat No. 2 Tact No. 3

Date of test 1864-03-11 lW-03-11 1964-03-11

Atmospheric pressure Pa 1,003 1,003 1,003 bar

Gaa conetant RTe 287,8 287,8 287,8 N.m/(kg. K)

Motor speed 1488 1490 1482 rlmin


Npr, Te
Poeition of inlet guide vanes d + 10 +54 +84 degree
Mace flow (also usablemass flow since measured qm, Te 8,8LM 33 6,75558 5,88844 kgla
on discharga side)
Inlet preaeure pt, 1,Te 0,8889 0,8826 0,8885 bar

Inlet temperature tt,l , Te 12,1 12,9 13,0 Oc

~,1, Te 285,3 288,1 286,2 K

Deneity @t,1,Te 1,180 1,183 1,200 kglrr+

Volumetric flow at inlet (also usable volumetric 7,28528 5,88278 4,72444 ~3/5
4V,l,Ta
flow at inlet)
Discharge pressure Pt,2, Ts 7,5315 7,5119 7,1196 bar

131
IS 14641:1999
!S0 5389:1992
=!.4) a-
1
/ G
Z
\/ 4
u-
,
I
I!_ -l
m

6
T
> %
- 4
+!7 #
.Y. -+
-@-
132
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.46 - Calculationresults

Numaricel valua
Designation Symbol Unit
Tast No. 1 Tact No. 2 last No. 3

Pressure retio (pzipl)~ 7,773 7,645 7,202

Specific isothermal compression work m,T,Te 166341 167408 162614 N.m/kg


Terminal power of motor un, Te 2168 1785 1548 kW
Motor efficiency vPr, Te 85,4 85,3 95,0 %
Power at coupling e, Te 2066 1711 1472 kW
Isothermal compression power fT, Te 1448 1131 922 kW
isothermal coupling efficiency VT, e, Te 70,1 66,1 62,6 %
Mechanical Ioaaee ~, Ta 70 70 70 kW
Internal compression power in,Te 1888 1641 1402 kW
A

Table F.47 Conversion to guarantee conditions (eae figure D. 11)

Numaricai value
Daslgnation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3
a) Unit I (uncooladStage 1)
Volumetricflow at inlet ~V,t,l,l, Te 7,28626 5,66276 4,72444 rn3/a
Discharga prasaure Pt,2, I,Te 1,6856 1,5544 1,4465 bar
Inlet pressure pt,l,l, Te 0,8689 0,8826 0,W65 bar
Pressure ratio (p2 /p! )t, 1,Te 1,750 1,582 1,463

Specific iaentropic compression work w m,s,1,Te 48637 40354 33087 N.m/kg


Converted volumetric flow at inlet qv,t,l,l, co 7,30500 5,66276 4,71806 m3/5

Converted specific compression work m,s, 1,Co 48975 40354 32850 N.m/kg
Converted preaaura ratio (P2/pl)t, 1,C.o 1,725 1,563 1,446

Discharge temperature t,2, 1,Ta 74,6 71,8 70,1 Oc


lniet~-perature t, 1,1,Ta 12,1 12,9 13,0 Oc
Internal compmon power in,l, Te 542 401 326 kW
Convertad intarnal compression powar in,l, Co 534 388 313 kW

b) Unit Ilc (cooled Stagas II to IV)

Inlat temperature t,l, Ilc,Te 36,8 36,6 36,6 Oc


Inlet pressure Pt, 1,IIC,TS 1,6856 1,5544 1,4465 bar
Density @t,l, IIC,Te 1,800 1,743 1,622 kglma
Volumetric flow at inlet qV,t,l, Ilc,Te 4,53063 3,87583 3,48526 f7r3/5

Convartad volumetric flow at inlet 4,53684 3,67583 3,48056 m3/5


~v,t,l, Ilc,co
Discharge pressure of entire compressor pt,2, Te 7,5315 7,5119 7,1196 bar
Pressure ratio (p2 /,@t, 11~,
Te 4,442 4,633 4,922

Specific isothermal compression work m,T, Ilc,Te 133076 140441 142138 N.m/kg
Converted specific iaotharmal compression m,T, Ilc,Co 133438 140441 141657 N.mlkg
work

Converted pressure ratio 1~ (P2/pl)t, il~,co 4,431 4,785 4,662

Internal compraaaion powerz) in, Ilc,Te 1456 1240 1076 kW


Convarted power ralatad to density 1~ Pin 768 711 Ml kW. ins/kg
Pt,l lRZ~,I Ilqco
()

133
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.47 Conversion to guarantee conditions (see figure D. 11) (cofrc/uded)

Numerical value
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3

c) Unit Ilcs} [seefigureD.Ill


Volumetricflow at inlet 4,4s028 3,83308 3,45194 ~3/5
~v,t,l, Ilc, co
Appropriate pressure ratio (P2 /pl)t, 11~,co 4,48 4,80 4,87

Converted internal powar in, Ilc,Co 1444 1208 1037 kW

d) Total compressor

Volumetric flow at inlet 7,30500 5,88278 4,71806 m3/s


9v,t,l, co
Converted pressure ratio of Unit I (P2/pl)t, 1,co 1,725 1,583 1,446

Converted pressure ratio of Unit Ilc (P2/pl )~,llq c,~ 4,480 4,820 4,895

Converted total pressure ratio (P2/pl)~, co 7,894 7,5 7,0

Converted internal power Unit I in, 1,Co 534 389 313 kW

Converted internal power Unit Ilc Pin,Ilc,co 1444 1208 1037 kW

Mechanical losses in test Pf, Te 70 70 70 kW

Converted mechanical losses Pf, (-0 70 70 70 kW

Convened power at coupling (see figure F.13) e, Co 2048 1885 1 4m kW

Calculated specific isothermal compression m,T, CO 172837 171058 185828 N.m/kg


work

Converted isothermal compression power PT, co 1483 1120 905,8 kW

Convertad isothermal coupling efficiency VT, s, co 71,4 87,5 83,8 %

1) The converted pressure ratio and converted power related to density are ehown over the converted volumetric flow at inlet Unit Ilc,
~v,t,l, Ilc,co.
2) Tha internal compression power is given by
pin, Ilc,Ta = pin, Te pin, 1,Ts
3) Taking the converted pressure ratio of the uncooled Unit I into account, the appropriate volumetric flows at inlet for the cooled Unit Ilc are
obtainad for the individual test points.

134
,4
.-.-iL.

4
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.5.7 Test uncertainty and comparison with guarantee


J
The test uncertainties are calculated in accordance with clause 9.

The comparison with the guarantee is carried out as shown in table F.48 (see figure F.14).

Apart from the test values listed here and designated by the symbol O in figures F.12 and F.13, additional test points were run at
each of the inlet guida vane positions, and these have been evaluated and converted in the same manner.

Ail those points have been plotted on figures F.12 and F.13. The power consumption at the guaranteed pressure ratio 7,0 can be ob-
tained from figure F.14.

The guarantees are met for two points. The third point shcwvs a alight excess, aven after taking into account the measuring error.

The test uncertainty for example 5 is shown in table F.49.

Table F.48 Comparison with the guarantee

Numericel velue
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Teet No. 2 Test No. 3

Volumetricflow at inlet qv,tol,Gu 7,m 3 5,7639 4,6606 dls


Guaranteedpowerat coupling Pe,@ 1970 1610 13W kW
Convertedpowerat coupling etCo 1960 1635 1435 kw

Table F.49 Resultingtest uncertainty

Numerical
Designation Symbol Comments
velue
Uncertainty qm, Ts 1,1 % In accordance with ISO 5167-1
in volumetric flow
at inlet 7N, Te 0,07 % Dtgital maasuring instrument,
1 revolution on indicator
sea 5.9
PI, Te 0,14 % 1 mmHg on absolute pressure

T1, Te 0,35 % 1 0 on absolute temperature


t

ree,qv, 1 1,165 % See 9.2.5

Uncertainty in pressure IVr 1,014


ratio
ln(p2/pl) 2,051

fi, Te 0,9 % Quality grade 0,6 final value 10 atm gauge


(see 5.9)

res,@pl 1,184 % See 9.2.6

Uncertainty in power ~4 2954


atcoupling
rpe 0,67 % Current transformer 0,5 voltage
transformer 0,5 wattmeter 0,5
7Pf 2,66 %
> sea 5.9
T1,llc,Te 0,323 % 10 on absolute temperature

Tl ,j,Te 0,32 % 1 0 on abeoluta temperature

rrss,Pe 1,042 % See tabla 9 >

135
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

0 Tests evaluated in present example

: F
800

650 L 3

5,0 I

4,5

4,0

3,5
3,0 3,5 ~o 4,5 5,0 5,5
%(t,l,IIc,Com3/s

Figure F,12 Grephs for comparison with guarentee

136
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

O
Guarantee points

Tests evaluated in present example

Additional tests
-
8,0

5=+84 2
7,0 \ w u
0
u. b) ~ a)
-
& I
I I
I I I
6,0 I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I
5,0 I 1
I

2 100 I
I
-1

I
I I
~1 900 I I
x.
I I
5 I .
ci?- I
1700

I
1 500 I f
3 6=+ 84

1 300
4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0 7,5 8,0

9yf,1,co,m3/s

Figure F.13 Graphs for comparison with guarantee

137
--L

d
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

2000
L Guarantaa pointa {
4--- ,>

P
1900

1800

1700
3
x
.
E
Q..
1600

1500

1400

1300
4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7 7,5
~vt,l,co t ~3/s

Figure F.14 Greph for comparison with guarentee


--k

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992 .

F.6 Example6 Cooled turbocompressor, isentropic exponent KTe * KG., real 9= (variable
compressibilityfactor),variablespeed, inlet temperatureof cooledsectionadjustable(within limits)
,....
F.6.1 General !!
The following example applies Schultzs method of polytropic analysis.

The guarantee conditions, guaranteed performance and other design values are given in tables F.50 to F.52.

F.6.2 Purpose of tests

The purpose of the teats is to prove the power requirement guaranteed for the specified point.

F.6.3 Design of installation

The installation consists of an eight-stage centrifugal compressor for a hydrocarbon gas mixture and an external intercooler between
stages IV and V.

There is a gas turbine drive through speed-increasing gear.

The specifed gas shall be considered as a real gas and therefore the necessary numerical values are given in table F.53 (notably the
input values for the flow chart in figure D.7, and the mean values of specifii heat cpM).

Table F.60 Guarantaa conditions

Numerical Unit
Designation Symbol
value

Gashandled,volumetricproportion ri

carbondioxideCOZ 0,01 .

mathsneCH4 0,30

ethaneCZHG 0,20

propaneC3HS 0,35

n-butanerr-C4H10 0,08 .

i-butanai-C4H10 O,w

Inlet pressure,abaoiuta Pt,l, Go 3,0 bar

Inlet temperature t,l, Gu 311,2 K

Gas temperature after interceder Tt,2, IC,GU 318,2 K

Speed Gu 11000 rlmin

Table F.51 - Guarentead performance

Numerical Unit
Designation Symbol
valua

Uaablamassflow qrrr,ut, GU 10,0 kgls

Dkcharge pressure, absolute Pt,2, GU 34 bar

Power at coupling including speed-inweeaing gear p, Gu 2820 kW


.,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.52 Other design values


I
Designation Numericel
Symbol Unit

Stage IV discharge pressure, absolute P},2, IV,Gu


valua

10,3 bar

Stage IV discharge temperature ~t,2, Iv G 377,4 K

Compressor discharge temperature Tt,2, Gu 400,9 K

Impeller diameters

Stage I DI 0,4 m

Stage V Dv 0,4 m

Compressor flange sizes

inlet 0,4 m

outlet to intercooler 0,3 m

inlet from intercooler 0,3 m

discharge 0,2 m

Table F.53 Numerical values of gas specified

Numerical valua
Symbol Staga group Staga group Unit
I II

RGU 236,66 236,66 N.m/(kg. K)

CPM, Gu 2021,6 2243,75 J/(kg. K)

Z1, GU 0,9753 0,9175

XM, G~ 0,1296 0,4433

yM, Gu 1,0393 1,1320

KI, Gu 1,1323 1,0676

Upol,Gu 0,605 0,63

Gu 1,1591 1,1726

F.6.4 Test set-up

The test is carried out at the compressor site, but with a gas differing from the specified gas in both composition and pressure level.

In this test it is not possible to judge the intercooler, because the cooling water flow must be reduced (the heat flow extracted from
the gas is much lower than the design value owing to a reduced gas pressure level).

The test arrangement is shown in figure F. 15, which also indicates the type of instruments used. The test conditions are given in
table F.54.

The split shaft gas turbine drive allows the spaad to be varied within the following limits:

NT,
0,7 < < 1,05
NGU

140
..f -_
,
1$ 14641:1999 .
[S0 5389:1992

kI
z
I
In
L
-h
al
.-c
n
5
LO
G
141
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

1
Table F.64 Tast conditions

Numer!cal
Designation Symbol S1 unit . ... ..
valua

Test gas, volumetricproportion fi
methane CH4 0,1

propane C3H8 0,9


t
Inlet pressure, absolute Pt,l, Te 1,1 bar

Inlet temperature Tt,l, Te 30s,2 K

Lowest oossible aas temperature after intercooler Tt2 lC.Te. min 315,2 K

F.6.5 Agreements to be made bafore tha tast c) Power input

Before the test, the following agreements shall be made. The power input shall be determined by energy balance.

Mechanical losses:
a) Ghs properties
compressor bearings and floating seal oil rings,
The gas properties shall be evaluated as follows: 56 kW at 11000 r/rein, proportional to N1,5;

the specific heat CP shall be calculated on site step-up gear efficiency, 0,974;
according to the recommendations given in [61, P. 135;
compressor internal leakage, 0,5 kg/s at 34 bar

absolute discharge pressure, proportional to discharge


other numerical values, e.g. critical data and
pressure (radiation losses neglected).
viscosity of the components, shall be taken from [61,
which will also be used as a source for all information not d) Computation of teat results and conversion to
available in this International Standard; guarantee conditions

the condensation of hydrocarbons in the intercooler Theaa shall be baaed on total pressures and temperatures.
shall be checked according to [551.
Specific compression work: aimplifiad calculation baaad on
No condensation is expected for the specified con- total conditions, with no separate term accounting for
ditions. dynamic heads at inlet and outlet, is accepted.

F.6.6 Datarmination of tha settings


b) Analysis of teat gas composition

Samples taken during trial runs before the teat have shown F.6.6.1 Compressor defined as one unit
only negligible variations in gas composition.
F.6.6.1.1 In the first place, whether the gas mixtures in
question can be considered as perfect or near-perfect gases,
Gas samples shall be taken before and after the test. Pend-
according to table 2, shall be checked.
ing the results of laboratory analysis, the gas composition is
considered to be constant. No condensation of hydrocar-
The specified gas being a real gas, the necessary information is
bons is expected in the intercooler.
available from design calculations.

There being only two components, calculation of the For the test gas, determination of y, ~ and Y at inlet and
specific heat CPcan be carried out easily with a (progmm- discharge conditions is required. Therefore the pseudo-critical
mable) pocket calculator. Graphic interpolation of the func- conditions of the mixture, i.e. the criiical pressure and
tions given in [61 is used. temperature as wall as the acentric factor of the mixture, must
be calculated to check whether simple linear mixing rules, as
The re$ult is shown in figures F.16 and F.17. given in A.1 .5, can be applied.

142
IS 14641:1999
1S() 5389:1992

G
0
2,20
..
%
+
I
g
\
: 2,15
1-
b<

2,10

2,05

2,00

1,95

1,90 IT
1,85

1,80

1,75

1,70
20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature, C

Figura F.16 Graph for determination of test gas specific heat capacity, cP,T~
143
4,

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

G
0
Xm
Y
2
z
~ti

Absolute I aaure: bal


2,40

2,35

2,30
8

\
2,25

2,20
15
\

2,15

2,10 L

2,05

2,00 E
20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Temperature, C

Figure F.17 Graph for determinetion of teat gas epecific heat capacity, c~,T~

144
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.6.6.1.2 The pseudo-critical


conditionsof thetest gesas are F.6.6.1.4 For the specificvaluesof the teatgas at the com-
givenin tableF.55. pressorinlet,thefollowingresultsareobtainad.

) The following maximum/minimum ratios are thus obtained:


The knowledgeof thespecificheatCp, comwaasib~ty factor Z
Tcr,i,maX_ , ~ and derivative compressibility factors X and Y is essential for
, use in the following calculations.
Tcr,i,min

With the above characteristic data of the teat gas mixture and
PCr,i,max
= 1,0634 the anticipated test conditions given in table F.54, the follow-
PCr,i,min ing results are obtainad.
Vcr,j,~~~
= 1,341 P = Pt,l,Te = 1,1 ~r (absolute)
Vc~,j,min
T = Tt,l,Te = =,2 K
The respective limits for simple Iineer mixing (see A. 1.5) which
these ratios must satisfy are
Pr = (pt,l/pcr)T~ = o,~ 23
Tcr, max < *
Tcr, Min
Tr = (Tt,l/Tcr)~e = 0,6759

end either In accordance wth clause A.3 and figure F.18, the following
values are obtained:
PCr, max or (vCrM)max is ~lom to uni~
(VCJf)min
z(o) = (-y&j 9
PCr, min

Since the maximum/minimum ratios calculated do not satisfy z(l) = _ 0,)83


the limits for simple linear mixing, the more complex mixing
rules given in [6] shall be usad, because under theaa conditions ZT(0) = 1,@cJ
the limits of validity are respected.
ZTIII = ()
The mixing rules used are
2$0) = 1,~
Tcr = ~riTcr,i
2:1) = o
Zrizc,,j)Tcr
Rmol(
PCr =
~ fivcr,iMi
In accordance with figure F.16,

CP = 1766 J/(kg. C)
where
z = Zm + @z(l) = 0,9782
R is the gas constant of the mixture, calculated using the
simple linear mixing rule (perfect gas rule); ZT = ZT(0) + coZT(l) = 1,043

Tcr and Pcr are considered to be the critical data of the 2P = 2P(0)+ (UZJ1) = 1,006
mixture;
z~
w is the acentric factor of the mixture. x=y 1 = 0,06624

F.6.6.1.3 For the mixture critical data, gas constant and


acentric factor, the following results are obtained: 2P
Y== 1,02842
z
J/(kg. C)
RTe = 201,36

pcr,~e = 42,79 bar


F.6.6.1.5 An estimation of the test discharge conditions is
Tcr,~e = 351,66 K necessary in order to calculate the derivative compressibility
factors Xand Yand the ratio of specific heats y for comparison
coTe= 0,1376 with table 2.

Table F.66 Pseudo-critical conditions of the mixture

Component PCr, i Tcr, i Cr, i


Mi Zcr, j Ui
i bar K rnVkg X 10-3

CH4 16,043 46,00 190,6 6,171 0,286 0,006

C3H* 44,097 42,46 369,8 4,603 0,281 0,152

145
IS 14641:1999
[S0 5389:1992

The basis of the estimation is as follows. F.6.6.1.8 According to the anticipated test data and following
the indications given in F.6.6. 1.6, the inlet and discharge con-
The pressure ratios and polytropic efficiencies of both sections ditions are:
of the compressor are assumed to be the same for test and
Temperature: Tt,l,ll,Te = 315,2 K (minimum possible value)
specified conditions (i.e. guarantaa point).
pressure: ~t,l,ll,Te = ~t,l,l,Te (~2/~l)t,l,Gu
As defined in 8.2.4.2, the inlet conditions for section II are the = 1,1 x3,4333
following: = 3,7767 bar (absolute)

pressure = pressure upstream of intercooler Discharge pressure: ~t,2,11,Te = ~t,l,ll,Te (~2/~l)t,Il,G


= 3,7767 X 3,30097
= discharge pressure of section I = 12,467 bar (absolute)

temperature = temperature after intarcooler


F.6.6.1.9 The determination of the discharge temperature is
illustrated in table F.56.
The discharge conditions therefore become
The values of the critical data Tc, and PC,, and the gas constant
~t,2,11,Te= ~t,2,1,Te(~2/~l)t,l,Gu R and acentric factor w usad are those determined in F.6.6. 1.3.

~ ll,Te The polytropic efficiency qWI = q@,,,,@ is known from design


t,2,11,Te = ~t,2,1C,Te calculations.
() ~1 t,ll,Gu

The resultsfor T2 show good convergence; between the 2nd


where and 3rd approximations the difference in discharge temperature
is leas than 0,1 C.
~t,2,1,Te= ~t,l,l,Te (~2/~l)t,l,Gu
The formula for the polytropic exponent n is given by Schultz
and, anticipating that the test gas follows real gas equations, (sea 3.5.3.3).

The results are as follows:


mll,Te =
[%(k+xM)],,,Te Pt,2 = ~t,2,11,Te = 1M67 bar (absolute)

t,2 = Tt,2,11,Te = 386,17 K


in which

F.6.6.1 .10 The data computed for compressor inlet con-


?pol,ll,Te = qpol,ll,Gu
ditions (see F.6.6. 1.4) now make it possible to decide whether
d
the test gas can be considered as near perfect.
The above real gas equation is given in 3.5.3.3 (Schultzs
polytropic analysis). What remains to be done is the calculation of the ratio of
specific heats (see table F.57).
The polytropic temperature exponent mTe is calculated with the
Since a negative answer to the above question is anticipat~
average values of the compressibility factors ZM and ~., and
Schultzs formulae for the iaantropic exponent K and the ratio
the average specific heat cPM, the computation of which re-
of specific heata y will be used.
quires the knowledge of T2,Te.
The admissible limits for the gas mixture to be considered
The determination of Tt,2,11,Tetherefore can only be achieved by as a perfect gas (see table 2)1 for the given pressure ratio
a ttial-and-error method, i.e. (~z/~l)T~ = 12,467/ 1,1 = 11,333, are as follows:

let approximation: put m~ = ml, giving T; Ymax


= 1,075
2nd approximation: calculate mM with T2 = T; and (-)Ymin :~1 ,.
compare the result T; with the assumed value T;;
x mex,tcd= .~

3rd approximation: calculate mM with T2 = T; and Y Illa,t., = l,m 5


compare the result, T;, with the aeeuwd T;, and so on.
The actual values are as follows:

F.6.6.1.6 All numarkal values refer to compressor section Il. Ymgx


= 1,01
Ytin

F.6.6.1.7 For the Specified gas (see table F.53), the following x max= 0,3139
relationship is valid:
Y- = 1,0869
~rxJl,ll,Gu = o@

146
IS 14641:1999 ... -
ISO 5389:1992
1

, Table F.66 Determinationof dischergetemperature

Numerical valua
Dis larga (2, II e)
Symbols and formulaa Unit 1st 2nd 3rd
Inlat (1, 11,Te)
approxi- approxi- approxi-
mation mation mation

K 315,2 392,72) 365,32) 366,17)

bar 3,7767 12,46 12,467


Pt,
abs
~ = ~lTc, 0,6958 1,1161 1,0956 1,0975

Pr = PtlPcr 0,09007 0,2973 0,2973


z(o) 0,9570 0,9246 0,92U8 0,9212
z(l) -0,019 0,0038 0,0014 0,0016
1
Zp 1,106 1,166 1,196 1,195
Sea dauae A.3 and figure F.18
z; 0,15 0,107 0,115 0,114
t
2;0)

z; ) J
1,010

- 0,C4)2
1,005
0,032
1,0055
0,029
1,0055
0,029
Cp (ace figure F.18) /(kg.C) 1645 2254 2231 2232
z = z(o) + ~zll) 0,9544 0,9251 0,9210 0,9214
ZT = Z;J + OJz+ 1,1266 1,2007 1,2118 1,2107
Zp = z;? + O.)z; J 1,0097 1,0006 1,0015 1,0015
ZT
X= z-l 0,1605 0,2979 0,3158 0,3139
.

Y=+ 1,057* 1,0616 1,0674 l,rm69

0,9544 = Z1 0,9398 0,9377 0,9379


o,l&)5 = xl 0,2392 0,2461 0,2472
1,05786 = Y1 1,1M98 1,0717 1,0725

CPM
1645 = Cpl 2049,5 2a36 2036

()
ZMR ~ 1
m= _ + XM 0,16413 = ml 0,1666 o,lm 1 o,lm o
CPM ?pol

P2 m
Reault:T=T1x ~ K 392,72 385,52 366,17 366,13
()
Assumed : T K 382,72 385,52 366,17
1
n= 1,1696 = nl 1,1617 1,1622 1,1621
YM-m(l+XM)

) Assumed value.

147
. .AL

IS 14641:1999 .4
ISO 5389:1992

Pt

Cp
q

Y
Table F.67 Calculationof mass thermal capacities

Symbols and formulaa Unit

bar

J/(kg.C)
Inlat (1,Te)

1,1

306,2

0,9782

0,06621

1,02639

1766
Numerical value
Discharga (2,Te)

.
12,467

386,17

0,9214

0,3139

1,0669

2232

-+,..3
>.

K . 1,1082 1,0600
Y-:1(1+X)2

y=Kk 1,1406 1,1521

The conclusion is, therefore, that the test gas cannot be treated F.6.6.2.1.2 The specific values of the test gas at the inlet are
as a perfect gas if the compressor is to be considered as one given in F.6.6. 1.8.
unit.
F.6.6.2.1.3 An estimation of section I test discharge con-
The determination of the settings therefore has to follow the
ditions may follow the guiding principles given in F.6.6. 1.5, i.e.
flow chart given in figure D.7.
/%,2,1,Te = ~t,l,l,Te (~2/~l)t,l,Gu
F.6.6.I .11 The design (specification) and test data available,
together with the above calculations, combine ail information ~pol,l,Ts = ~@,l,Gu
necessary, i.e.
These assumptions lead to the determination of the test
a) gas constant, discharge pressure and, by the trial-and-error method
b) isantropic exponent of specified gas and test gas, at demonstrated in F.6.6. 1.9, of the test discharge temperature (it
inlet, and being anticipated that the calculation will have to follow real
gas equations).
c) compressibility factors of specified gas and test gas, at
inlet, In accordance with F.6.6.1 .5,

to check whether the compressor can be teeted as one unit. ~t,2,1,Ts = 1~1 x 3@33 = 3,7767 bar (absolute)

The sequence of calculations starts at step 41 in the flowchart


in figure D.7:
The critical gas data and acentric factor are given in F.6.6.1 .3.
~~,Te = 1,1082
The result is
K1,GU = 1,1323
J@ = ~t,2,1,Te = 3,7767 ~r (absoiuta)
Kl,Te K1,GU = 0,0231 > 0,01
Tt,2 = Tt,zl,Te = 364,70 K
It is concluded that the compressor cannot be tested as one
unit, and therefore further subdivision is necessary.
F.6.6.2.1.4 All datarequiredfor comparisonwithtable2 are
This means that the determination of the settings must be nowavailable,exceptthe ratioY of specific heats at discharge
carried out separately for the two stage groups (or sections) of conditions which can be calculated as demonstrated in
the compressor. table F.58 (sss also table F.57).

The pressure ratio is 3,4333.


F.6.6.2 Compressor subdivided into two uncooled
sections The admissible limits for the given pressure ratio (see table 2)
are

(-) =
F.6.6.2.1 SectionI (StagesI to IV)
Ynlex
1,0%8
F.6.6.2.1.1 Forthe sakeof completeness the same check as Ymin t~l
carried out above for the compressor as a whole has to be
repeated here for section I alone. x mex,tol = ~~

The specified gas is to be considered as a real gas. Y -,,01 = 1,018

148
1s 14841:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.58 - Datarminationof dischargetamparatura

Numerical value
I I Discharga (2,1,Te)
Symbols and formulae

q
Pt, *g bar i 1,1 I 3,7767 I - 13,7767
Cp (sea figure F.16) J/(kg.C) 1766 2067 2042,5 2046

z . 0,9782 0,8731 0,9720 0,9721


x 0,06621 0,08735 0,08883 0,08867

Y 1,02638 1,0303 l,a3265 1,03223


zM 0,97s2 = ZJ 0,9757 0,9751 0,9752
1806,81$K17
CPM
I 1766 = Cpl
I 1916,5
I I
()
~=ZMRx ~
. + )(M
I 366,88364,37
0,14584 = ml 0,13573 0,13646 0,13645
Cp M rlpol

Result: Tt,2 = 7t,l x

Assumed: Tt
()
P2 m

PI t
K

K
I
368,88
364,71

364,37
364,70

364,71
I
1
rr= - I 1,14576= n, I 1,13308 I 1,13266 I 1,13310
yM-t?r(l+xM)
) Assumed value.

The actual figures (see table F.59) are F.6.6.2.I.5 The above calculations, which are necessary for
the decision whether a gas mixture suspected of follo~ng
Ymax real gas equations can be considered as near perfect, have been
= 1,0129
Ymjn ahown in some detail. The object is to demonstrate
the method. The main difficulty is the interpolation (and
x max = 0,09987 extrapolation, for small values of reduced pressure pr) of the
tables and charts given in annex A. This is beat done graphi-
Y msx = 1,03223
cally.
It may be concluded that the test gas cannot be treetad as a
perfect or near-perfect gas.
Therefore the compressibility factors given in table A. 1 were
The determination of the settings therefore has to follow the plotted in figure F.18.
flow chart in figure D.7, because the curves which cover the
range n~e = 1 to 1,2 do not reach beyond a pressure ratio
(p2ip1)~ 2.
F.6.6.2.1.6 FollowngD.5.1, all values necessaryfor the
determination of the settings for section I of the compressor
Tabla F.59 Calculationof mass tharmal capacities
are listed hereafter.
Numerical valua
Symbol Unit Inlat Discharge
An exception is information regarding the viscosity, as the
II (l,l,Ta) I (2,1,Ta)
Reynolds number W-II be checked after an attempt has been
Pt bar 1,1 3,7767 made to find a common teat speed for both compressor
Tt K 306,2 364,70 sections.
z 0,9782 0,9721
x 0,06621 0,08867 The input values for the flow chart in figure D.7 which are not
Y 1,02638 1,03223 known already can be easily computed from the fiiuraa already
available.
CP
J/(kg.C) 1766 2046
K 1,1082 1,08084

The praaaure-vcrlurna curve of the compressor section is
Y 1,14068 1,1261
expected to be steep.

149
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992
+ +
1
.
. . -4
0-
i
I
/ I
/ !
/ q
[ . 1. o
I
I
,
I J a

I I
CQ
I I
m-
o- 0 o-
150
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Theinput liatfor the flow chart in figure D.7, referred toaec- The results are
tion I of the compressor, isas followa.
+ ~pol,Gu = 0r&15 (from input list)
General:
p2/pl= 3,433
D=0,4m
m = 0,14584 [step8)
AVr,X,td = *0,01 (inner tolerance limit)
T2,Te= 388,88 K (step 10)
AVr,X,td = ~0,025(outer tolerance limit)
lz2,Te-zl,Te/
= 0,00508<0,01 btep 12)
Test data: but

Pt,lJ,Te = 1,1 bar (absolute) (R (l/Cp, -1 /cp2) I = 0,0166>0,01 (Step 12)

t,l,l,Te = 3W,2 K The calculation tharefora follows steps 14 20:

l,l,Te = 1,1082 ??tTe= 0,12888 (stap 19)


RTe = 201,3 J/(kg, C) lmTe-ml = 0,01895>0,01 (step 20)

Pl,l,Te = O Returning through step 21 to stap 10 we obtain

N- = 11000 x l,05r/min TzTe = 384,37 K (step 10)

Nmin = 11000 x 0,7 r/rein Here again, because the condition regarding the difference in
specific heeta (step 12) is not fulfilled, the calculation leading to
~Cr,Te = 41,= bar stap 20 must be repeated.

Cr,Te = 351,86 K Ths time we obtain


cP,Te = f(p, T) (see figure F. 17) l~Te-tnl= 10,12830- (),126881 = 0,00131<0,01
UTe = 0,1376 and tha calculation continues through etaps 22 and 23 to
step 24:
SpecMiad values:
ttGu = 1,1591 (from input list)
~~,,,@ = 3 bar (abeoluta)
nTe = 1,13288
t,l,l,Gu = 311,2 K
ltrTe
- ?rGul= 0,0262>0,002 (step 24)
~t,2,1,G. = 10#3 bar
Since the condition for the differwwe in polytropic exponent
t,Zl,Gu = 377,4 K (Step24) is not met, it is not po~ble to calculeta P/r,td directIy.
Therefore, after the assumption of a value for A Vr,X,tOl(step
Kl,l,Gu = 1,1323
30), the calculation follows steps 31 to 40 in order to check
whether the pressure ratio assumed (step 7) is in accordance
f%,l,Gu = O
with the requiremanta regarding the tolerable ratio of volume
rate of flow ratios V,. \
Gu = 238,66 J/(kg. C)

NGU = 11000 r/rein A Vr,x,td will be chosen at both the inner and outar tOkSnCC?
limits, i.e. \
Z,,,tGu = 0,9753
A Vr,X,td = + 0,01
?poI,I,Gu= Q=
A Vr,X,td = * 0,025
1,Gu = 1,1581
The aim is to find a common teat speed for both compressor
sections. Otherwise, since the speed is adjustable, strict
F.6.6.2.1.7 Thecalculation
startsatstep3 of theflowchartin similarity of flow could be attempted, putting A vr,~,td = O.
figure D.7.
The following results are obtained: ,
Then follows tha determination of the mean poiytropic
exponent of the teet gas, assuming that tha test pressure ratio A Vr,x,td + 0,01 + 0,025
-0,01 -0,025
and test polytropic efficiency have the same values as for -l
specified conditions. This calculation is done through steps vr,~
I 1,01 1,025 0,8806 0,975 (step30)
6 22. It is a trial-and-arror method, the result of which, as
regards discharge temperature, has already been anticipated in
F.6.6.2.1.3. ()
Px

PI En
1,208 0,627 2,708 5,028 (stap31)

151
.

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Except for A Vr,x,tOl= A 0,025 the anawar to etep 32 is yea and the calculation continues through steps 33 40 to steps 27 28.

wth (P2/pI) = 3,433 = (P2/pI)Guwe obtain

v
N A V,,X,lOI + 0,01 + 0,025 -0,01 -0,025
N,= () mn M,ttj 0,8885 0,8837 0,9769 0,9680 (step 40)

(step 27)

(step 28)
&)Gu &:@) : m : ;
~ P2 < 0,01? no yea no no (step 26)
PI
()() Te PI

Note that for A Vr,x,ml = 0,01 and following step 37, Vr,2had to be increased above 1 + A V,,x,tOl = 0,89, according to step 38.

ForA Vr,x,tol = A 0,025 the calculation sequence jumps directly from step 32 to step 40.

The conclusion is that except for A Vr,x,tol = + (),()25 it is naceaaary to repeat the above calculation, starting at step 9 of the flow
chart, and assuming that

P2
=
PI ()&
PI Te

The following results are obtained:

A Vr,x,tol I + 0,01 -0,01 - O,&

(P21PJ 3,377 3,303 3,244

P2 [in bar (absolute)] 3,715 3,633 3,568 (step 9)

T2 (in kelvins) 388,11 368,83 385,97 (step 10)

IZ2-Z,I 0,0048 0,00452 0,00423 (step 12)

IR(*-$)
lm~e-ml
0,0164

0,01006
0,0162

0,008 s
0,0159

0,00883
(step 12)

(step 20)

Only for A Vr,x,ml = + 0,01 does the above first approximation not fulfill the condition ImT. m I <0,01, therefore requiring a second
approximation aterting again at step 10.

Finally we obtain

I nTg I 1,13046 1,13176 1,13313 (step 22) I


I 3,366 3.3)0 3245 I

l(:)T.-&) I
O,(XI8 0,003 0,001
I

(%+)001 y-w
N,,& 0,9648 0,9782 0,8691
NOTE Following etep 37, Vr,2 hastobeincreasedto0,8907 for A vr,~,~d = -0,01.
I
1!52
-G.&

IS 14641:1999 .,
ISO 5389:1992

It is now possible to calculate the test speeds for the inner and Test data: the lowest possible inlet temperature is chosen, so
outer tolerance limits (step 26): as to obtain a test speed as close as possible to that found for
section 1.
NTe RTezl,Te Tt,l,Te
= N,,td
NGU %iu%dt.~,c+u Pt,l,ll,Te = 3,7767 bar(absolute)

Tt,l,ll,Te = 315,2 K
The numerical results are
~l,ll,Ta = 1,~ 5
Tezl,TeTt,l,Te = 201,36 x 0,9782 x 308,2 J/kg
Other data: see F.6.6.2. 1.6
RGJ1,GuTt,l,Gu = 238,66 X 0,9753 X 311,2 .JIkg
Specified values:

A Vr,x,tol + 0,01 + 0,025 0,01 -0,025


Pt,l,ll,Gu = 10J3bar(absolute) -
Nr,tol,l 0,9848 0,8837 0,9762 0,9691
Tt,l,ll,Gu= 318,2K

(-)Te
G. I
0,8015 0,9097 0,8837 0,8872 ~t,2,11,Gu = 34 bsr (absolute)

Tt,z,li,Gu = 4oo~9 K

KI, II,GU = 1,0876


F.6.6.2.2 Section II (Stages V to Vlll)
Z,,ll,GU = 0,9175
NOTE Determination of the settings is to follow the same pattern as
used for section 1. Therefore mostly numerical results wll be given qPoI,ll,Gu= Q=
heraafter, with only a minimum of explanatory remarks.
nll,Gu = 1,1726

F.6.6,2.2.1 As regards the specified gas, from design calcu- Other date: see F.6.6.2. 1.6
lations, the gas is to be considered as a real gas.
F.6.6.2.2.5 The calculation starts at step 3 of the flow chart in
figure D.7.
F.6.6.2.2.2 Datealreadyavailable for the test gas are given in
F.6.6.1.9 and F.6.6.1. 10. The additional data to be determined The results are
here are the isentropic exponent K and the ratio of specific
heats y at section II inlet. r?pc)l= 0,63 = qpol,GI.I (step 6)

The results are pzlp~ = 3,301 (step 7)

m = ml = 0,18413 (step 8)

I Symbols
I Inlet
(l,ll,Te) I Discharge
(2,11,Te) I T2,Te = 382,72 K (step 10)
lx I 0,1805 I 0,3139 I lzz,Te -Z1rTel=0,02827 >0,01 (step 12)
I-Y] 1,05788 I l,m882 I The calculation continues with step 14, ending at step 22.
K 1,0955 1,0600
mTe = 0,18684 (step 19)
Y=KY 1,1580 1,1521
lt?rTa
- ml = 0,01548> f),ol (step 20)

F.6.6.2.2.3 Thepressureratiop21pj being 3,301 = (@Pl)Gu# The above calculation is then repeated, assuming that
from table 2, the derivate compressibility factors X and Y m = mTe~
preclude the use of perfect gas equations.
T2,Te = 385,52 K

lz~Te - Z,,Tel= 0,03338>0,01


F.6.6.2.2.4 All datefor the flow chart in figure D.7 necessary
to complete a list similar to that computed in F.6.6.2.1.6 for mTe = 0,17005 (step 19)
section I are already known.
lmTe -ml = ()#@l 41< (),()1 (step 20)
Here too the pressure-volume curve of the compressor section
This time we can proceed through step 22 to step 24:
is expected to be steep.
nTe = 1,16216 (step 22)
The input list for the flow chart in figure D.7 referred to section
II of the compressor, is as follows. InTe - n@l = 0,01044>0,002 (Step 24)

General: see F.6.6.2.1.6 NOTE rraUistakenfromthe inputlist.

153
.
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992


As for section 1,the calculation has to follow steps 30 40 of the flow chart in figure D.7. Here again, A Vr,X,tOlwill be chosen at both
the inner and the outer tolerance limits.
&_31
The results are

A Vr,x,tOl
.. I + 0,01 + 0,025 -0,01 -0,025
[
V,,2 1,01 1,075 0,99 0,975 (step 30)

()
Px

PI Ex I 0,553 0,0624 5,071 19,58 Lstep31)

The answer to step 32 being no in all cases, the calculation continues (to ste~ 41 I with step 27:

Nr,tOl 0,9981 1,0058 0,9875 0,9794 (step 401

(Pz/Pl )T~ (step 27)

(step 28)
- (~),e-(~) ~: ~: ~: :

(step 28)
b F)T.-E) 001 es 0 0 0

Except for A Vr,x,td = + 0,01, the above calculation shall be repeated, assuming that

~=~
PI () PI Te

The results are

A Vr,x,tol + 0,01 + 0,025 -0,01 0,025

p#pl 3,361 3,226 3,?71

m=ml 0,164
? 0,1841 0,1841
T2,~e(in kelvins) 384,03 381,11 388,63

jzz,~e - z~,~el 0,0287 0,02758 0,02709


> 0,01 > 0,01 > 0,01
mTe 0,1664 0,1688 0,1680
lm~e-ml 0,0157 0,0153 0,151
> 0,01 >0,01 > 0,01

.,

154
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

For the second approximation, with m = mTe,#the followin9 In order to stay within the inner tolerance limit, the following
results are obtained: minimal inlet temperature to section I would be necessary:
,...
A Vr,x,td I + 0,01+ 0,025 -0,01 0,025 I Tt,l,T~ = 303,2 x
()
0,9217
~
,
2=W2K
, (
f ~z,~e(in kelvins) I - 366,58 384,12 383,07 I
This is a considerable increase and the corresponding higher
discharge temperature of section I might render it impossible to
I I%h- %Tel ,I - >0,01 >0,01 >0,01 I keep the inlet temperature to section II at the chosen level
I mTe 0,1700 0,1702 0,1704 (because of the intercooler capacity).

Within the outer tolerance limit the required inlet temperature


to section I is much lower:
I Te 1-
1,16460 1,16363 1,16383 I

InTe - n~ul

Px
>0,002

0,0144
in all cases

5,917 28,087
l,t,Te = a#2 x
()
0,9142
~
,
2 = ~113K

In order to provide for a safety margin, the same test gas inlet
()PI Ex
temperature will be used for both compressor sections, i.e.
I M,td I - 1,0075 0,8865 0,9W5 I
Tt,l,l,Te
= 3152 K = Tt,l,ll,Te
(p2Jpl)Te 3,370 3,233 3,177
I I

()()
PJ
PI Te -G
P2


0,008 0,005 0,006
<0,01 <0,01 <0,01
F.6.6.2.2.6

A Vr,x,to[
Determination of the settings must now be
repeated for section 1, but only at the outer tolerance limit

= + 0,025

The answer to step 28 being yes, we can now calculate the With the increased test gas inlet temperature, the correction of
test speed. the input list for the flow chart in figure D.7 is obtained as
follows.

The numerical results ere


Inlet conditions:

RTeZ1,Te Tt,l,Te = 201,38 x 0,85448 X 315,2 J/kg pt,l,l,~e = 1,1bar (absolute)

RGJl,GuTt,l,Gu = 238,66 X 0,9175 X 318,2J/kg = 3152 K


Tt,l,l,Te

~l,l,T.g = 1,11666
A vr,,y,t~ + 0,01 + 0,025 0,01 0,025
Additional values:
N,,td,ll 0,8881 1,0075 0,8885 0,8805

zl,Te = 0,8871

l(-) I
NTe
0,8306 0,8384 0,9217 0,9142
NGU II I Xl,Te = 0,05314

Y,,Te = 1,01814
Comparison with the test speeds found for section I shows that
there exieta no common test speed for both sections, for the From the flow chart in figure D.7, the following is valid:
test gas inlet temperature chosen.
rlwl = 0,63

As the inlet gas temperature to section II cannot be reduced,


p2/p, = 3,433
the only way to achieve a common test speed is to increase the
inlet gas temperature to section I.
m= ml = 0,1432

Assuming that N,,td and the compressibility factor Z1 remain T2,Te = 376,10 K
unchanged, the test apeed varies with the square root of the
absolute gas inlet temperature, i.e. lz2,Te - ZI,T81 = 0,0122>0,01

NTe 2
T1-
()
G. lmTe -ml = 0,01, not <0,01 as required

155
-L

IS 14641:1999 . -d
ISO 5389:1992

Theabove calculation isthenrepeated within = mTe: With comparison of the Reynolds numbet for the test and
specified conditions still to be performed, the speed chosen is
T2,~e = 371,48 K

mT~ = 0,13403
!XE =0925
NGU

[m~e-ml = 0,00083<0,01
Te = 10175 r/rein
nTe = 1,13661
This test speed lies within the outer tolerance limit for section I
in~e - %ul = 0,02252>0,002 and within the inner tolerance limit for section Il.

Additional values:
F.6.7 Test results
2,Te = 0,0835

F.6.7.1 Compressor section 1


yzTe = 1,0292

z2,Te= 0,9739 F.6.7.1.1 General

cp2,Te = 2077,6 J/(kg. C) The test results are shown in table F.60.

Comparison with F.6.6.2.1.4 shows that here too the test gas
must be considered as a real gas. F.6.7.1.2 Evaluation of test results

We now continue with steps 30 and 31 of the flow chart: Following clause 8, in particular 8.2.3 .3,8.2.3.4 and figure D.9,
the next steps will be

A Vr,x,tol I + 0,025 + 0,0237 I a) calculation of inlet and discharge total pressure;


I r,2 I 1,025 1,0237 I
b) determination of compressibilityfunctions required for

1() Px tha application of figure D.9.


0,5159 0,5531
PI Ex I
F.6.7.1.3 Calculation of total inlet pressure (see table F.61 )

I
According to 8.1.3 the following approximation can be used:
3,447 3,442
Pt
=l+; Mtf
P
0,014 0,008
~)Te-(?)
> 0,01 <0,01 where

Note that in order to fulfill the condition

(qTe.~) <0,01 (Condition: ~ C 1,05)

A Vr,x,td had to be chosen somewhat smaller than the outer Gas constant: RTe = 201,36 J/(kg. C)
tolerance limit, i.e. + 0,0237 instead of + 0,025.
Flange size: D = 0,4 m
The test speed now becomes
A = 0,126mz

NTe
-G. I o=4zniiEz=-l Since the measured pressures and temperatures are not very
dtierent from the conditions assumed for the determination of
the settings (1, 1 bar; 315,2 K), the compressibility factor Z1
and ieentropic exponent K1 shall be taken in accordance with
F.6.6.2.3 Choiceof testspeed F.6.6.2.2.6 :

Comparison with the requirements for section II shows that it is z, = 0,8671 = z,,,,Te
now possible to choose a common test speed for both com-
pressor sections. K1 = 1,11666 = Kl,l,T@

156
.-.LL
.

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.60 Test results

Numerical value
Designation Symbol Unit

Gasconstant RTe J/(kg. C)

Spaed NTS r/rein

Massflow (usable) 7
in accordancewith ISO 5167-1 qm,ut,Ta 3,9388 4,02s 1 4,0828 4,1533 kgls

m
Inlet and discharge conditions

Inlet pressure (static) Pl,l,Te bar

Inlet temperature (total) Tt,l,l,Te K

Discharge pressure (static) p2,1,Te bar

Discharge temperature [total) Tt,2,1,Te K


a

Teble F.61 Celculetion of total inlet pressure

Numerical valua
Symbol Unit
Teat No. 1 Teat No. 2 Teat No. 3 Taat No. 4

0,0665 0,08s 1 0,0700 0,0711


Mat
1,00248 1,00284 1,00274 1,00283
Pt,l/Pl
1,1127 1,1049 1,1020 1,1001 bar
pt,l = pt,l,l,Te

Teble F.S2 CaIculetion of total discherge pressure

b
Numarical value
Symbol Unit
last No. 1 Tast No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4

Mat 0,0350 0,0377 0,0388 0,0420

l,ooom 1,000776 1,000S64 1,000883


Pt,2/P2
Pt,2 = Pt,2,1,Ts 4,12s 3,912 3,783 3,613 bar (absolute)

F.6.7.I.4 Calculationof total dischargepressure(seatable F.6.7.1.5 Calculation results


F.62)
Table F.63 givea the following results:
Flange size: D = 0,3 m
a) reduced pressurePr and reduced temperature Tr;
A = 0,0707 mz
b) compressibility factors Z(o) and Z(l) and derivative
Here the same simplificaticrraa used for inlet pressure shall be ~mpre88ibility factom T(0), ZT(1)?p(0)and z~~~as a fun~ion
used. of reduced pressureand temperature, according to annex A .,
and figure F.18
The compressibility functions Z and rccan be derived from the
calculation already completed in F.6.6.2.2.6, with c) compressibility factor Z and derivate compressibility
factors ZT and ZP resulting from the above fi9ur* in com-
1 bination with the acentric factor of the test gaa (see
K=
Z@ annex A);
Y2 - (1 + X2)2
CP2 d) compressibility functions ~ and Y (see annex A);

Z = 0,9739 = zz,l,Te e) specific heat

K=l,Wl S= K21Te
,, CP
= cp,Te (see figures F.16 and F.17).

A subsequent check will ahow whether this simplification is All the above values shall be determined for inlet and discharge
admissible. conditions.

157
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.63 Calculationresults

Numerical value
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Tast No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4

Inlet Pr 0,02664 0,02635 0,026 2S 0,02624 bar


(subscript to all symbols: 1, l,Te)
T, 0,6843 0,8955 0,6863 0,s86o K
z(o) 0,8678 0,8679 0,8679 0,9679
z(l) 0,0051 -0,0051 -0,0050 0,0050
2+0) 1,038 1,039 1,039 1,038
z~l ) 0,046 0,046 0,045 0,04
2;0) 1,005 1,005 1,005 1,005
Zy) o 0 0 0
z 0,9671 0,8872 0,8s72 0,M72
zT 1,0453 1,0453 1,0452 1,0045

1,(N)5 1,005 1,005 1,006


2P
x 0,05805 0,05683 0,05673 0,05s 03

Y 1,01819 1,01808 1,01802 1,01802

CP
1796,0 1797,0 1788,0 1788,5 J/(kg. C)

Discharge Pr 0,08845 0,08330 O,m 75 0,0s617 bar


(subscript to all symbols: 2,1, Te)
r 1,0629 1,0688 1,0578 1,0546 K
z (0) 0,9722 0,9734 0,9743 0,9752
z(l) -0,002 0,0021 -0,0020 -0,0021
2+0) 1,057 1,056 1,0575 1,0558

z+) 0,043 0,048 0,048 0,045


Zjo) 1,002 1,002 l,m 1,002
Zjl) -0,004 0 0 + 0,002

z 0,9719 0,9732 0,9740 0,8749

zT 1,W29 1,0647 1,W42 I,mo

1,00145 1,002 1,002 1,0028


2P
x 0,0836 0,09411 0,08262 0,068 3s -
Y 1,03Q3S 1,02863 1,02872 1,02s 12

CP 2 @2,6 2065,5 2060,1 2075,5 J/(kg . C)

F.6.7.I.6 Verification of inlet and discharge total pressure

With the data from table F.83, the exact value of the iserttropicexponent can now be calculated, according to Schultzs formula (see
table F.64):

K =
Y- :(1 +W

Table F.64 Values of isentropicexponent

Numerical
value
Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4
~l,l,T@ 1,1185 1,1185 1,1184 1,1182

K2, I,Je 1,0667 1,0803 1,0815 1,0818

158
..ti
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

-,
It is now possible to check the calculation of absolute pressure F.6.7.1.8 Calculation according to figure D.9
made in F.6.7. 1.3 and F,6.7.1 .4, notably for discharge con-
-e ditions. The calculation continues with the computation of the test - ,<.
values to be converted to specified conditions in accordance
The ratiopt/p being small, considerably below 1,06, no relevant with figure D.9 (Schultzs method of polytropic analysis).
numerical difference can be found. The above total pressures [
These values are
and the compressibilityfunctions in table F.63 will therefore be
used in the following. a) the inlet VOIUrnf3triCflow q r/,t,l,Tegiven by

F.6.7.1.7 Input values for figure D.9

Evaluation of the test resultscontinues with the computation of


vtlrTe=(qmz;T)T
the mean compressibility functions required for the application b) the pressure ratio (pt,z/Pt, l)T~
of the formulae given in the calculation flow chart in figure D.9.
c) the polytropic temperature exponent mTe given by
The values to be calculated are

a) the compressibility factor


d) the polytropic exponent nTe given by
z, + Z2
z~= ~
1

b) the compressibility functions


t?Te=
[
yMt?r(l+xM)
1Te
e) the specific polytropic compression work ~m,wl,Te
x, + X* given by
x~= ~
\ n-1

Y, + Y2
Y~= ~
m0Te=~z1RT[(3 [(3 n - IT.
c) the specific heat f) the polytropic efficiency q@,Te given by

Cpl + cp2
RZ~
CPM = Vpol,Te =
2 rncPM RZMX~ T,
( )

The input values calculated are given in table F.65. The calculation results are given in table F.66.

Table F.65 Input values for figure D.9

hlumericei velue
Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4

0,97848 0,88016 0,88062 0,88104


M,l,Te
0,07633 0,07652 0,07588 0,07371 .
M,I,T.
1,02428 1,02368 1,02337 1,02307
M,I,T.

cpM,l,Te 1844,3 1841,3 1838,6 1837,0 J/(kg. C)

Table F.66 Calculation results according to figure D.9

Numarical value
Designation Symbol Unit

I
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4

Volume flow qV,t,l,l,Te 2,2129 2,2634 2,3285 2,3683 rr+ls

Preesura ratio (P,,2/P,1 )l,Te 3,7087 3,5406 3,4147 3,2643

Polytropic temperature exponent ml,Te 0,13161 0,13315 0,13481 0,13884

Polytropic exponent 1,13288 1,13588 1,13648 1,141 %


nl,Te
Specific work w m,pol,l,Te 86642 & 481 83045 80305 J/kg
Polytropic efficiency Vpol,l,Te 0,819 0,811 0,801 0,786

159
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.6.7.2 Compressor section II As a first approximation of the compressibility factor Zz and


ieentropic exponent rc2, the values resulting from the above *-P .-,
F.6.7.2.I General calculations made for the det~rmination of the settings will be
used. Since tha test speed corresponds to the inner tolerance
The test results are shown in table F.87. limit, the arithmetical mean of the values found for A Vr,X,td =
+ 0,01 and A Vr,x,td = 0,01 is chosen. The results are
The inlet pressure is the discharge pressure of section I (see
8.2.4.2).

The usable mass flow, compressor speed and gas constant are A Vr,x,tOl + 0,01 0,01
the same as for section 1 (see table F.80). Tt,2 (in kelvins) 385,52 384,12

Computation of the test results shall follow the same pattern as Z2 0,92099 0,92190
for section 1. In the following subclauses therefore, only the
i K2 I 1,0599 1,08231 I
results are given.

F.6.7.2.2 Calculationof total discharge pressure (see table which gives the mean values
F.68)
Z2 = 0,9214
Flange size: D = 0,2 m

A=0,0314m2 K2 = 1,0611

Table F.87 Test results

Numerical velue
Designation Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4

Inlet and discharge conditions

Inlet pressure (total) Pt,l,ll,Te 4, i2s 3,912 3,763 3,613 bar


4
Inlet temperature (total) ~t,l,ll,Te 314,8 315,1 315,5 315,3 K

Discharge pressure (static) P2,11,Ts 14,466 13,045 11,445 9,5336 bar


,,
Discharge temperature (total) ~t,2,11,Te 369,37 3s6,0 361,66 377,18 K
.

Table F.88 Calculationof total dischargepressure

Numerical value
Symbol Unit
Teat No. 1 Teat No. 2 Test No. 3 Test No. 4
Mat 0,0226 0,0255 0,02s4 0,0356

1,0027 l,otxJ35 1,00046 l,oa)66


Pt,2/P2

pt,2= pt,2,11,T~ 14,47 13,06 11,46 9,54 bar

160
--A.
...

IS 14641:1999 .
ISO 5389:1992

F.6.7.2.3 Calculation
results
. TableF.69 showa the calculation results for reduced pressures and temperatures, compressibility factors, compressibilityfunctions ~
and Y, and specific heat.

F.6.7.2.4 Verification of total discharge pressure


-

The calculation of the iaentropic exponent at discharge conditions resulting from the date given above gives the results shown in
table F.70.

Here again, the recalculation of total discharge pressure using the abova exact valuea of 22 and K2 showa no significant corrections,
as the ratio pt,2/p2 is low. The above total pressures and compressibility functions will therefore be used in the following.

Tabie F.69 Calculation results


A
Numerical valua
Designation Symbol Unit
Tact No. 1 Teet No. 2 Teet No. 3 Teat No. 4

Inlet Pr 0,08645 0,08330 0,08875 0,06617 bar


(subscript to all symbols: 1, lLTe)
Tr 0,6846 0,6855 0,6966 0,6860 K
z(o) 0,8527 0,8553 0,8574 0,8590
z(l) -0,0123 -0,020 -0,0188 -0,0182
2+0) 1,113 1,111 1,110 lrlw

Z+l ) 0,165 0,17 0,144 0,145

2;0) 1,010 1,010 1,008 1,008


Z$t -0,002 0,002 -0,0025 -0,002

i! 0,8488 0,8526 0,8548 0,8565

.z~ 1,1365 1,1344 1,1288 1,1200

1,0089 1,0087 1,0067 1,0097


2P
x 0,18867 0,18080 0,16326 0,17068 -

Y 1,06327 1,06003 1,05638 1,05460

Cp 1652,6 1647,5 1647,0 1845,0 J/(kg. C)

Discharge Pr 0,3451 0,3112 0,2731 0,2275 bar


(subscript to all symbols: 2,11,Te) 1,0655 1,0720 K
Tr 1,1068 1,0871
z (0) 0,9109 0,9178 0,9250 0,8358

z(l) 0,0045 0,0018 -0,0005 0,0025


2+0) 1,226 1,205 1,1805 1,151
2+1) 0,122 0,121 0,111 0,?03
2:0) 1,0055 1,0061 1,0045 1,004
z~) -0,026 -0,025 -0,016 -0,005

z 0,9115 0,9181 0,8249 0,8355

zT 1,2428 1,2217 1,1853 1,1652

1,00165 1,00266 1,0023 1,0031


2P
x 0,36342 0,33070 0,28228 0,24557

Y 1,08668 1,08217 1,06365 1,07254

2267,5 2240,3 2206,7 2168,5 J/(kg . C)


CP

labia F.70 - Isentropicexponent valuee

Numerical value
Symbol Unit
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Test No. 3 Teet No. 4

1,0544 1,0570 1,0608 1,0664


2,11,Te

l,,tij
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.6.7.3 Conversion toguarantea conditions is the internal leakage loss in cubic metres per second, with
Qt,l,Guin kilograms per cubic metre.
F.6.7.3. I General -,

The results for compressor sections I and II shall be converted (There is no noticeable external leakage loss because of oil
seals. )
to guarantee conditions separately, in accordance with
figure D.9.
This formula is baaed on the agreement made before the teat
The input values for figure D.9 are given in table F.71 and the and raquires the of the converted discharge
knowledge
calculation raaults aregiven intable F.72. pressure of section II. As the two sections will be converted
separately, a problem arises for section 1. The difficulty can be
Performance curves are then to be plottad for each section
overcome by adding the loss to the total compressor power
separately and the steepness of the pressure-volume curves as
after combination of the performance curves of both sections.
defined in this International Standard shall be checked. (The
curves are assumed to be steep. )
As a consequence, the following modified conversion formulae
The converted performance curves of sections I and II will then for internal compressor power will be used and plotted for use
be combined to give the performance curve of the compressor. according to figure D. 11 (combined performance of both com-
pressor sections).
This combination follows figure D. 11 inasmuch as it is ap-
plicable to real gases and Schultzs polytropic analysis.
a) Compressor section:

F.6.7.3.2 Conversion formulae (sea figure D.9)


in,Co qv,t,l,CO x m,pol,Co
Some comments are necessary regarding calculation of = @t,l,Gu x
q V,t,l,L,Co ~p@Te
converted internal power, especially regarding consideration of 1+
leakage Ioaaaa. ( qv,t,l,co
)

The following formula will be used:


b) Compressor:

qV,t,l,CO x m,pol,Co , + gV,t,l,L,Co


x
@t,l,Gu

(
in,Co = p, co _ (pin,l,c~ + Pin f\,cJ , + 0,5 ~ p~,z,ll,co
~pol,Te ( qv,t,l,co ) m, -
, + qV,t,l,L,Co qln,ut,co t,2,11,Gu)
where
qv,t,l,co
( )
0,5 ~ Pt,2,11,co
fiqv,t,l,L,co=
@t,l,Gu Pt,2,11,Gu where qm,ut,cois expressed in kilograms per second.

Table F.71 Input values for figure D.9

Numericel velue
Symbol
Test No. 1 Unit
Test No. 2 last No. 3 Test No. 4
M,ll,Te 0,8306 0,9353 0,9399 0,9460
M,ll,Te 0,2811 0,2608 0,2378 0,2062
M,ll,Te 1,0810 1,0781 1,0700 1,0638
cpM,ll, Te 2060,1 2043,9 2026,9 2 IXM,8 J/(kg. C)

Tabla F.72 Test valuas to be convertedto specified conditions

Numerical veiue
Symbol
Test No. 1 Test No. 2 Unit
last No. 3
I I Test No. 4

qV,t,l,ll,Te 0,6742 0,6223 0,6587 0,6961 dts


~t,2/~t,l )ll,Te 3,5063 3,3369 3,0428 2,6405
?lll,Te 0,16949 0,16846 0,17160 0,16456

ll,Ts 1,15756 1,1578) 1,16602 1,16965


w m,pol,ll,Te 82346 79131 73140 J/kg
qpol,ll,Te 0,632 0,638 0,825 0,576

162
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

F.6.7.3.3 Sectionl numericalresults


E
Input data for figure D.9 which correspond to specified conditions are already known, except for the gas density, from the input list to
figure D.7 (determination of the settings, see F.6.6.2.1 .6).

The gas density is

Pt, 1,I,Gu 3 x 105


@t,l,l,Gu= RGUZt , , ~uTt 1I G. = = 4,142 kglms
,,, ,,, 236,66 X 0,9753X 311,2

The calculation results are given in table F.73 and are plotted in figure F.19

Table F.73 Calculation results Saction I

Symbols Numerical value


and formulae Unit
Teet No. 1 Teat No. 2 Teet No. 3 Teet No. 4

qv,t,l,l,co 2,3823 2,4865 2,5173 2,5582 @/s


w m,pol,l,Co 103588 99804 97058 83s55 J/kg

ml,co 0,15392 0,15528 0,15705 0,15839

nl,co 1,1554s 1,15756 1,16023 1,16378

(/J@p~,l )I,co 3,688 3,538 3,419 3,2s8

Pin,l,cO 302,6 304,1 34,1 3G4,7 kW . mVkg

tld+-)l,co

For comparison, valuea corresponding to the specified point are as follows:

f?V,t,l,l,Gu = W5 rn3/s

(Pt,2/Pt,l)l,u = 3,433

[Qtll~;:~:lllGu=a2
The pressure-volume curve is steep.

F.6.7.3.4 SectionII numericalresults

Input data for figure D.9 corresponding to specified conditions are given in F.6,6.2.2.4

The gas density is

Pt,l,ll,Gu 10,3 x IN
= 14,78 kglms
tlllGu = RGuZt ,,,
, II GUTt , II u = 238,86X
,,, 0,9175X 318,2

The calculation results are given in table F.74 and are plotted in figure F.20.

Table F.74 Calculationresults Section II

Symbols Numerical value


Unit
and formulae last No. 1 Teat No. 2 I Teat No. 3 TaatNo. 4

4v,t,l,ll,co 0,6207 0,6278 0,7132 0,7547 rn31s

w m,pol,ll,Co 86240 92483 854s1 74532 J/kg

mll,co 0,19284 0,19152 0,18463 0,20758

1,17167 1,16888 1,17504 1,20146 .


nll,co
(pt,2/pt,l )Il,co 3,67s 3,36s 3,096 2,675 .

Pin II co 84,52 97.52 97,55 97.85 W. rrWkg

tGu+*),Lcoco
163
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

ValIJes
corresponding
to the specifiedpointareas follows:

~P,t,l,lI,Gu = Q~65m3/s

@t,2/~t,~)ll,Gu = 3,301

Pi
= 97,68 kW. m3/kg
f.iqv,t,l,L
al 1 +
qv,t,l II,Gu
[(i

The pmsure-voiuma curve is steep.

The test results therefore confirm the assumption made when determining the settings.

F.6.7.4 Total compressor performance

F.6.7.4.1 General

The conversion formulae are based on figure D. 11.

For a chosen value of converted inlet volume flow of section 1,the combination of the performance curves of both sections is carried
out as described below.

F.6.7.4.2 Section I

F.6.7.4.2.1 Choose the inlet volume flow qv,t,l,l,co.

F.6.7.4.2.2 Read (pt,2/pt,l)l,c0 from the performance curve in figure F.19 and

r Pin
1

l@tl~+*)Jl,co
F.6.7.4.2.3 Calculate

()
Pin
~ + Aq~t,l,L
qv,t,l Lco

and

Pt,l,l
&?t,l,l,Co = @t,l,l,Gu =
[1(.z#7t,l)l Gu

F.6.7.4.3 SectionII

F.6.7.4.3.I Calculate
the inletvolumeflow

1 (Z,lwtr,)ll
flv,t,l,ll,co = qv,t,l,l,co
(Pt,2/Pt,l)I,Co [1 (Zl R Tt,l)I @

F.6.7.4.3.2 Read (pt,2/pt,l)ll,co from the performance curve in figure F.20 and

Pi.

164
[( )1
Qt,l
Aq},t,l,L
1 + ~
,, 11,
co
IS 14641:1999 &
ISO 5389:1992

L Specified points O Test points


4

.s
\
310

3
305
p-
1
2
I I

300

295

290
I Steetmess
#
m A(ji2iq )Q9K1 0,2782,511
1

3,7 A q~dP2
/P1 ) 0,10.3,433
1
= 2,033>1
KT
3,6 d
<1

2
(P2@t,I,co 3,5

3,4,

i
3,3
I

3,2 I
lln I I I I
2,35 2,40 2,45 2,50 2,55 2,60

m3/s
qvtj,l,co

Figure F.19 Compressor section I performance cunfes


IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

L
Specified points O Test points
99
.5?
>
E
98
L
2~ u i d
4
3
k ,
97

[( )1
Pin

96
qVtl, L
9~, I+*
Kt,l l,CO

95

94
1= I I Steepness

A@/q 1qtil 0,535.0,683


3,6 0,08.3,301
1 Aq@2 /P1 )
1,384 >1
k
@2 /PI lt,ll,co 3,4
--. -
I
I
3,2 I
I

I
\
3 b

I
3,0
I

E I

2,8 L I

i 4
2,6 L I
0,62 0,64 0,66 0,68 0,70 0,72 0,74 0,76

~v,tJ,II, com3/s

Figure F.20 - Compressor section II performancecutves


IS 14641:1999
1S0 5389:1992

F.6.7.4.3.3 Calculate

F.6.7.4.4 Total compressor performance characteristics

The total compressor performance characteristics are as follows:

a) usable mass flow

~m,ut,co = qv,l,l,co x @t,l,l,Gu

b) discharge pressure

21cO=ptGux(~),co
x(~)lc0
c) internal power

Pifl,~O =

[(l+-)c:(l+-).Jxi+*)cO

where

.
0,5 Pt,2,11,co
~V,t,l,L,l,Co ~1 , , ~u x
,,, Pt,2,11,Gu

is in cubic metres per second, and &t,l,l,@ is in kilograms Per cubic metre;

d) power at coupling including gear losses

Pe,co = (pin,co
+ Pf,~l,Gu) X &

where

~f,Oil,@ = 58 kW

0,974 is the step-up gear efficiency [see F.6.5).

F.6.7.4.5 N~rnerical
results

NOTE The following point numbers bear no relation to the test numbers used previous!v.,

%,l,l,G. = 4142 Wrn3 (s* F.6.7.3.3)

(Z+?
..
rt,l)ll= 0,9175 X 236,66 X 318,2 = o WI ~

u
~, ZIRTt, i)l GU 0,9753 X 238,66 X 311,2

Pt,l,l,Gu = 3 bar (absolute)

Pt,l,ll,Gu = 34 bar (absolute)

Pt,l,l,Gu
= 4,3056 kglms
(i?@~t,l)ll,Gu

A synopsis of the numerical results is given in table F.75.

167
, ,@

IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Table F.75 Synopsis of numericel results

Symbols Numerical value


Designation Unit %-
and formulae Point 1 Point 2 Point 3 Point 4

Section I (see figure F.19)

Volume flow 2,40 2,45 2,50 2,54 m3/~


qv,t,l,l,co
Pressure ratio (P~,2/pt,l )I,co 3,664 3,563 3,46i) 3,347
Internal power, specific Pin 302,75 303,60 304,60 304,95 kW. ins/kg
Aql, tl L
Qt,l 1+ ~
[( ., II I,co
Internal power Pin 1253,9 1 2%,2 1262,4 1263,0 kW
, + Aqv,t,l, L
() qv,t,l I,co

Section II (see figure F.20)

Volume flow ~v,t,l,ll,co 0,6266 0,6577 0,6950 0,7300 rn3/~

Pressure ratio (/J~,2/pt,l)ll,co 3,570 3,432 3,226 2,930


Internal power, specific Pi 95,m 97,07 97,55 97,66 kW. m3/kg
Aqv,t,l,L
Qt,l 1+
[( 9V,!,1 i 11,
co

Internal power Pi 1520,1 1497,5 1453,2 1407,4 kW


, + AqV,t,l,L
() qv,t,l 11,
co

Totsl compressor performance


(see figure F.21 )

Usable mass flow qm,t,co 994 10,15 10,35 10,52 kgls


Discharge pressure Pt,z,ll,co 36,79 36,69 33,49 29,42 bar
Relative leakage loss Aqvtl L 0,0675 0,0535 0,0476 0,040:
-
qv,t,l

Internal power Pi,c~ 2922,9 2903,1 2644,9 2779,6 kW


Power at coupling, including gear Ioas e<Co 3,060,5 3040,1 2960,4 2913,3 kW

F.6.7.5 Test uncertainty specified point. The polytropic compression work was taken
from a plot against converted inlet volume flow:
F.6.7.5.1 Resulting test uncertainty
w.m,pol,l,co = 101050 J/kg
The additional tolerance Twj is found in accordance with the
graph shown in figure D.2.
wrn,poi,ll,co = 94 ~ J/kg
Section I
Z Wm,Wl,co = 101050 + 94 OiM = 195050 J/kg
A V&o, = 0,025
The test uncertainty in the internal power of a compressor sec-
?Aj=l%
tion was estimatad as the result of the uncertainties in usable
Section II mess flow and in the gas temperature difference between
outlet and inlet, again for the conditions of point 2.
A Vr,tOl= 0,01
The uncertainty in the combined internal power was calculated
~~~i= O
for the conditions of point 2
The resulting test uncerteintias were calculated separately for
both compressor sections and then combined in accordance Pin,l,co = 1,0535X 1256,2 = 1325,5 kW
with 9.2.7.
Pin,ll,co = lt~ 5 X 1 W,5 = 157,6 kW
The uncertainty in the combined pressure ratio was calculated
for the conditions of point 2, which are closest to those of the Zpin,co = 1 325,5+ 1577,6 = 2903,1 kW

168
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

The uncertainty in the combined power at coupling is Pin,ll,co = 1577,6 kW


calculated in accordance with the method of power measure-
Pf,cO = 137 kW
ment 1 for a cooled compressor (see 8.2.4.2) given in table 9.
F
F.6.7.5.2 Comparison with auarantee
For point 2 we obtain
According to 9.3.2 the guarantee is not fulfilled as regards mass
flow, which is slightly higher than that specified, even taking
Pin,CO = 29WI 1 kW into account the test uncertainties. See also figure F.21.

l-e,co = 3040,1 kW F.6.7.5.3 Synopsis

A synopsis of the resulting test uncertainty for example 6 is


(p2/pl)l,co = 3,583 given in table F.76.

Table F.76 Resulting test uncertainty

Numerical value
Designation Symbol
Section I Comments Section II Comments
2,1 % 2,1 See ISO 5167-1
Uncertainty in volumetric r
q,,, .Te
Yo

flow at inlet
N,Te 0,1 % 0,1 %

pl,Te 0,14 % (U-tube) (mmHg) 0,95 % Quality grade 0,6;


final value 5 bar gauge

T1,Te 0,35 % 0,35%

Z1,Te 0,5 % [Estimated) 0,5 % [Estimated)

res 2,19 % 2,38 % See 9.2.5

adj 1% o

tot, qv,l,Te = rtot,qm,ut,co 2,41 % 2,39 % See 9.2.9

comb,q,n,ut,Co ~ (1 + 0,2) x (2,41 + 2,39) = 2,86 % Sea 9.2.8.1

with z = 2

Uncertainty in pressure ratio Nr 0,995 0,992

ln(p2/pl ) 1,234 1,194 (P2/pl)Gu

~,Te 0,85 % See Tpl,Te, Section II 1,20 % Cluality grade 0,6;


final value 25 bar gauge

Trea 1,75 % 2,09 % See 9.2.6

adj 1% o

tot, @pl,Te 2,02 % 2,08 %

comb, p2/pl,Co (1+0,2) 2,02 x*+ 2,08 x* =2%% For point2 conditions,
( )
SW 9.2.8.2
with z = 2

Uncertainty in power 7Pin,Te 4% 4% (Estimated)
at coupling
adj 1% o

tot, Pin,Ts 4,1 % 4%


m

comb,Pin,Co (1+ 0,2) 4,1 x = + 4 x H = 4,85% For point 2 conditions,


2W3,1 see 9.2.8.3
( )
with Z = 2

Uncertainty in combined Pi. =09wg Pf ,n & .12762


power at coupling = 0,04506 Cp= 0,543
Pe Pe P1l
(sea table 9) ()
?Comb,pe,co= [(0,8549x 4,85) + (0,04506x 10)2+ (1,864x 0,1)2+ (0,15x 0,35)2 + (0,15x 0,5)2 +
+ (0,543 x 0,35)2 + (0,543 x 0,5)2] 1/2 = 4,67 %

assuming that rpf = 10 %

169
IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Points resulting from combination


L Specified points o of converted test performance curves

3400
3
x.
0

J- 3200

3000

2800

~;

L 40
2
2. 1

j 38 .

36

34

32

30 1

28
9,6 9,8 10,0 10,2 10,4 10,6 10,8

q~u,,,,k9/s
,,

Figure F.21 Totel compressor performance curves


IS 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

Annex G
(informative)

Bibliography

[11 PTC-10, ASME, 1965. [181 WATSON, J .T. P. Thermophysical Roptirries of R 12


(-@ C to 240 C, up to 50 bar), H. M. S. O., 1975.
[21 SCHULTZ,J. M. The polytropic analysis of centrifugal
compressors. J. Eng. Power, January 1962, P. 69. [191 Thermophysical Properties ot R 22. Japanese Associa-
tion of Refrigeration, Tokyo, 1975 (in Japanese and
[31 Paper No. 5.9A-257, AS ME. English).

[41 BENEDICT, R. P. and MURDOCH, S. W. Steady state ther- [201 PFEIFFENBERGER, V. and MANOHAR, P. Thermophysik-
mal analysis of a thermometer well. J. Eng. Povww, July aiische Eigenschaften von K51termtteln, Fortachritts-
1963, p. 235. berichte der VD1-Zeitachriften, Reihe 6, Nr. 82, 1981.

[51 STARLING, K. E. Fluid thermodynamic propettit?s for light 1211 KWemeschinenregeln, Auflage 7, C.F. Miller, Karls-
petroleum systems. Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, ruhe, 1881.
Texas, 1973.
[221 Circular No. 142, National Bureau of Standards.
[61 REID, R.C., PRAUSNWZ,J.M. and SHERWOOD,T.K.
fioperties of Gases and Liquids. 3rd edition, McGraw [231 HAAR, L. and GALLAGHER, J .S. Thermodynamic proper-
Hill, New York, 1977. ties of ammonia, J. Phys. Chem. Ref Data, Z No. 3,
1978, pp. 635-782.
[7] PITZER, K.S. et al. J. Amer. Chem. Sot. 77, 1853,
pp. 3433-3440. [241 EDMISTER, W.C. Applied Hydrocarbon Thermodynamics.
GuJfPublishing Co., Volume 1, 2nd edition, 1884.
[81 NELSON,L.C. and OBERT,E.F. Generalized Properties of
Gases. Trans. ASME, 76, 1954,P. 1057. [251 Report 44, A. P.I., American Petroleum Institute.

[91 Technical Data Book for I%troleum Refining, A. P. I., [261 GOOOWIN, R.D. The thermophyaicel properties of
American Petroleum Institute, 1971. methane from W to 500 K at pressuresto 700 bar. NBS
Technical Nota 653 Cryogenics Division. NBS, Boulder,
[101 EOMISTER,W.C. Applied Hydrocarbon Thermodynamics. Colorado. April 1974.
Gulf Publishing Co., Volume 2, 8th edition, 1974.
[271 ANGUS,S. et al. International Thermodynamic Tables of
[111 KEENAN, J. H. and KEYES, J. Thermodynamic I+operties the Fluti State Ethylene 19Z?, Butterworths Ltd.,
of Aic 1847. London, 1974.

[121 HIRSCHFELDER, J. O., CURTISS, C.F. and BIRD, R.B.


[281 JUZA, HOFFER,SIFNERand MARES,Institute of Thermo-
MoJecular Thaory of Gases and Liquids, John Wiley and
dynamics, Prague,
Sons, New York, 1965.
1
[281 VASHENKO D.M. et al. Thermodynamic and transport
: [131 BENDER, E. Inaugural Dissertation, Ruhr UniveraW,
properties of athylana and propylene, Standards Com-
Bochum, 1871. [The calculation of phase equilibria from
mittee, Moscow, 1971. Translation: Office of Standard
a thermal equation of state, applied to the pure fluids
Reference Date OSRD, NBS, 1972.
argon, nitrogen, oxygen and their mixtures] C. F. Muller,
Karlsruhe, 1973.
[301 BENEDICT, M., WEa6, G.B. and RUBIN, L.C. J. Chem.
Phys. 8, 184Cl 10, 1842: Chem. Eng. Prog. 47, 1851.
[141 SYTCHEV,V.V., KOZLOV,A.D. and SPIRIDONOV,G.A.
Thermophysical Properties of Gaaes and L@ids, 1972.
[311 REDLICH, O. and KWONG, J.N.S. Chem. Rav. 44, 1849,
[151 VASSERMAN, A.A. et al. Thermophysicalprope flies of air p, 233.
and air components. Nauka, Moscow, 1866. Translation
IPST, NBS-NSP, Washington 1970, [321 BEATTIE,J .A. and BRIOGEMAN,
J.W. J. Am. Chem. Sot.
49,1827,p, 1685.
[161 Handbook of Fundamentals, Second Printing,
ASHRAE, 1974. [331 ANGUS, S. et al. International tnarmodynarnic tsblas of
the fluid state Carbon dioxide, International Union of
[171 PERELSHTEIN,1.1. Thermodynamic Propetiies of Freon 12, Pure and Applied Chemistry (lUPAC), Pergamon Press,
Freon 13 and R 22. V. N.l.Kh.l. (in Russian), Moscow, 1976.
1971.

171
1S 14641:1999
ISO 5389:1992

[341 ANGUS, S. et al. International thermodynamic tables of [461 CHILDS, G. E. and HANLEY, H.J .M. Cryogenics, 8, 1968,
the fluid state Helium, International Union of Pure and p. 94.
Applied Chemistry (lUPAC), Pergamon Press, 1977. ,
[471 GRUNBERG, L. and NISSAN, A. H. Ind. Eng. Chem., 42,
[351 Viscosity Thermophysical Properties of matter, 1950, p. 885. ..
T. T.R.C. Data series Plenum of Touloukian, Liley and
Saxena. [481 CARR, N. L., PARENT, J.O. and PECK, P.F. Chem. Eng.
Progr. Sympos., Series 51, No., 16, 1955, p. 91.
ml Viiosity of selected gases at 1 atm, Fluids Memo
No. 93, National Engineering Laborato~, East Kilbride, [491 COMINGS,E.W. and EGLY, R.S. md. Eng. Chem. 32,
Glasgow, 1959. 1940,p. 714.

137] VD1-Wikmeatlas, Berechnungsblatter fiir den [501 REICHENBERG,R.:. The viscosities of pure gases at high
pressures, N. P.L. Rep. Chem., 38, National Physical
Wdrmeiibergang, Auflage 4, VD1-Verlag GmbH, 984.
tioratory, Teddington, England, August 1975.
r381 ROQUES,M., Ensic. Introduction aux ph&rorn&res de
(51) UYCHARA, O.A. and WATSON, K. NatY. Pet. News, 36,
transport Esti2nation des propr&4s de transport.
1944,p. R-714.
1391 TEE, L.S. COTOH, S. and STEWARD, W.E. Ind. Eng.
ml STEPHAN, K. and LUCAS, K. Viscosity of dense fluids,
Chem. Fond. 5, 1%6, pp. 356-363.
Plenum Publishing Corporation, New York, 1979.

[401 MONCHIK, L. and MASON, E.A. J. Chem. Phys. 35, 1961,


[531 Acceptance and Performance Test on Dynamic and
p. 1676. Poslttie Displacement Compressors, Pert one. An
English Translation of the German VD1-Richtlinien,
[411 BROMLEY, L.A. and WILKE, C.R. /rid. Eng. Chem. 43, VDI-2045, Blatt 1. Peter Peregrinus Ltd. and Technical
1951, p. 1647. Aid to Exporters Service BSI, 1975.

[42] BROKAW, R.S. lnd. End. Chem. Process Des. Dev. 8, [541 influence of the Reynolds number on the performance Of.
1969, p. 240. centrifugal compressors. ICAAMC (International Corn
pressed Air and Allied Machinery Committee), ASME
[431 THODOS, G. and COLL, A. 1. Ch. E. J., 16, 1970,p. 300. Transections, Vol. 87-GT-~ O. [Abstract in annex E of this
International Standard.]
!44] WILKE, Journ. Chem., Phys., 18, 1850,p. 517.
[551 Engineering Data Book, Gas Process Suppliers Associ-
[451 N.P.L. Teddington, England, August 1971. ation, 1972.

172
Bureau of Indian Standards

BISis a statutory institution established undertheBureauoylndian Sfandard.$Acf, 1986to promote harmonious


development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to
connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BIShas the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications maybe reproduced in any form without
the prior permission in writing of BIS.This does not precludethe free use, in the course of implementing the
standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to
copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.

Review of Indian Standards

Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edit ior. by referring to the latest issue
of BIS Handbook and Standards : Monthly Additions.

This Indian Standard has been developed from Doc: No. HMD 22 (0465 ).
I

Amendments Issued Since Publication

Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected


I

I z
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS I
Headquarters: 1
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telegrams: Manaksanstha
Telephones :3230131, 3239402, 3233375 ( Common to
all offices ) i
i
Regional Oftlces: Telephone

Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 3237617


NEW DELHI 110002 { 323384T I

Eastern : 1/14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Maniktola 3378499, 3378561


CALCUTTA 700054 { 3378626, 3378662
Northern : SC!O 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 603843
{ 602025
Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 2350216,2350442
{ 2351519,2352315
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 8329295,8327858
MUMBAI 400093 { 8327891,8327892

Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.


COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR.
KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGP~. PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
.
Printed at New India Printing Press, Khurja, India

,?,
/

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi